patch 8.1.2421: test88 is old style

Problem:    Test88 is old style.
Solution:   Turn into a new style test. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, closes #5347)

.cirrus.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+env:
+  CIRRUS_CLONE_DEPTH: 3
+  FEATURES: huge
+
+freebsd_12_task:
+  freebsd_instance:
+    image: freebsd-12-1-release-amd64
+  install_script:
+    pkg install -y gettext
+  build_script:
+    - NPROC=$(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN)
+    - ./configure --with-features=${FEATURES}
+    - make -j${NPROC}
+    - src/vim --version
+  test_script:
+    # Runtime Indent tests do not work, run only the normal test suite
+    - cd src && make test

.gitattributes

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+src/testdir/test42.in diff

.gitignore

@@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ nbproject/*
 
 # Mac OSX
 src/xxd/xxd.dSYM
+.DS_Store
 
 # All platforms
 *.rej

.travis.yml

@@ -142,7 +142,10 @@ script:
       "${SRCDIR}"/vim --not-a-term -u NONE -S "${SRCDIR}"/testdir/if_ver-2.vim -c quit > /dev/null
       cat if_ver.txt
     fi
-  - do_test make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST} && FOLD_MARKER=travis_fold
+  - >
+    do_test make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST} &&
+    make -C runtime/doc vimtags VIMEXE=../../"${SRCDIR}"/vim &&
+    FOLD_MARKER=travis_fold
   - echo -en "${FOLD_MARKER}:end:test\\r\\033[0K"
 
 

CONTRIBUTING.md

@@ -65,6 +65,9 @@ If the maintainer does not respond, contact the vim-dev maillist.
 
 # Translations
 
+Translations of this CONTRIBUTING file:
+[Korean](https://github.com/cjw1359/opensource/blob/master/Vim/CONTRIBUTING_ko.md)
+
 Translating messages and runtime files is very much appreciated!  These things
 can be translated:
 *   Messages in Vim, see [src/po/README.txt][1]

Filelist

@@ -4,9 +4,11 @@
 # source files for all source archives
 SRC_ALL =	\
 		.gitignore \
+		.gitattributes \
 		.hgignore \
 		.lgtm.yml \
 		.travis.yml \
+		.cirrus.yml \
 		appveyor.yml \
 		ci/appveyor.bat \
 		src/Make_all.mak \
@@ -21,9 +23,11 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/blob.c \
 		src/blowfish.c \
 		src/buffer.c \
+		src/bufwrite.c \
 		src/change.c \
 		src/channel.c \
 		src/charset.c \
+		src/cindent.c \
 		src/cmdexpand.c \
 		src/cmdhist.c \
 		src/crypt.c \
@@ -92,7 +96,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/option.h \
 		src/optiondefs.h \
 		src/optionstr.c \
-		src/popupmnu.c \
+		src/popupmenu.c \
 		src/popupwin.c \
 		src/profiler.c \
 		src/quickfix.c \
@@ -111,6 +115,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/spell.c \
 		src/spell.h \
 		src/spellfile.c \
+		src/spellsuggest.c \
 		src/structs.h \
 		src/syntax.c \
 		src/tag.c \
@@ -185,9 +190,11 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/blob.pro \
 		src/proto/blowfish.pro \
 		src/proto/buffer.pro \
+		src/proto/bufwrite.pro \
 		src/proto/change.pro \
 		src/proto/channel.pro \
 		src/proto/charset.pro \
+		src/proto/cindent.pro \
 		src/proto/cmdexpand.pro \
 		src/proto/cmdhist.pro \
 		src/proto/crypt.pro \
@@ -240,7 +247,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/ops.pro \
 		src/proto/option.pro \
 		src/proto/optionstr.pro \
-		src/proto/popupmnu.pro \
+		src/proto/popupmenu.pro \
 		src/proto/popupwin.pro \
 		src/proto/profiler.pro \
 		src/proto/quickfix.pro \
@@ -255,6 +262,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/sound.pro \
 		src/proto/spell.pro \
 		src/proto/spellfile.pro \
+		src/proto/spellsuggest.pro \
 		src/proto/syntax.pro \
 		src/proto/tag.pro \
 		src/proto/term.pro \
@@ -277,9 +285,6 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/libvterm/README \
 		src/libvterm/tbl2inc_c.pl \
 		src/libvterm/vterm.pc.in \
-		src/libvterm/bin/unterm.c \
-		src/libvterm/bin/vterm-ctrl.c \
-		src/libvterm/bin/vterm-dump.c \
 		src/libvterm/doc/URLs \
 		src/libvterm/doc/seqs.txt \
 		src/libvterm/include/vterm.h \
@@ -294,7 +299,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/libvterm/src/parser.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/pen.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/rect.h \
-		src/libvterm/src/termscreen.c \
+		src/libvterm/src/screen.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/state.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/unicode.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/utf8.h \
@@ -394,7 +399,6 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/gui_xmebwp.h \
 		src/gui_x11.c \
 		src/gui_x11_pm.h \
-		src/hangulin.c \
 		src/if_xcmdsrv.c \
 		src/link.sh \
 		src/installman.sh \
@@ -414,7 +418,6 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/proto/gui_motif.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_xmdlg.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_x11.pro \
-		src/proto/hangulin.pro \
 		src/proto/if_xcmdsrv.pro \
 		src/proto/os_unix.pro \
 		src/proto/pty.pro \
@@ -515,7 +518,7 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/testdir/Make_dos.mak \
 		src/testdir/Make_ming.mak \
 		src/testdir/dos.vim \
-		src/uninstal.c \
+		src/uninstall.c \
 		src/vim.def \
 		src/vim.rc \
 		src/vimio.h \
@@ -530,7 +533,7 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		nsis/gvim_version.nsh \
 		nsis/README.txt \
 		nsis/lang/*.nsi \
-		uninstal.txt \
+		uninstall.txt \
 		src/VisVim/Commands.cpp \
 		src/VisVim/Commands.h \
 		src/VisVim/DSAddIn.cpp \
@@ -656,6 +659,7 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/doc/*.txt \
 		runtime/doc/Makefile \
 		runtime/doc/doctags.c \
+		runtime/doc/doctags.vim \
 		runtime/doc/test_urls.vim \
 		runtime/doc/vim.1 \
 		runtime/doc/evim.1 \
@@ -850,7 +854,7 @@ BIN_AMI =	\
 # files for DOS binary (also in extra archive)
 BIN_DOS =	\
 		README_bindos.txt \
-		uninstal.txt \
+		uninstall.txt \
 
 # files for Win32 OLE binary (also in extra archive)
 BIN_OLE =	\

Makefile

@@ -95,9 +95,9 @@ MINOR = 1
 #   runtime/doc/*.txt and make nsis/gvim_version.nsh.
 #   For a minor/major version: src/GvimExt/GvimExt.reg, src/vim.def,
 #   src/gvim.exe.mnf.
-# - Compile Vim with GTK, Perl, Python, Python3, TCL, Ruby, MZscheme, Lua (if
-#   you can make it all work), Cscope and "huge" features.  Exclude workshop
-#   and SNiFF.
+# - Compile Vim with GTK, Perl, Python, Python3, TCL, Ruby, Lua, Cscope and
+#   "huge" features.  Add MZscheme if you can make it work.
+#   Use "make reconfig" after selecting the configure arguments.
 # - With these features: "make proto" (requires cproto and Motif installed;
 #   ignore warnings for missing include files, fix problems for syntax errors).
 # - With these features: "make depend" (works best with gcc).
@@ -106,9 +106,6 @@ MINOR = 1
 # - If you have valgrind, enable it in src/testdir/Makefile and run "make
 #   test".  Enable EXITFREE, disable GUI, scheme and tcl to avoid false alarms.
 #   Check the valgrind output.
-# - If you have the efence library, enable it in "src/Makefile" and run "make
-#   test".  Disable Python and Ruby to avoid trouble with threads (efence is
-#   not threadsafe).
 # - Adjust the date and other info in src/version.h.
 # - Correct included_patches[] in src/version.c.
 # - Check for missing entries in runtime/makemenu.vim (with checkmenu script).
@@ -165,7 +162,7 @@ MINOR = 1
 #           xxd/xxd.exe to xxdw32.exe
 #           vim.pdb to vimw32.pdb
 #           install.exe to installw32.exe
-#           uninstal.exe to uninstalw32.exe
+#           uninstall.exe to uninstallw32.exe
 # Win32 GUI version build:
 # - > cd src
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak GUI=yes
@@ -175,7 +172,7 @@ MINOR = 1
 # - move "gvim.exe" to here (otherwise the OLE version will overwrite it).
 # - Move gvim.pdb to here.
 # - Copy "GvimExt/gvimext.dll" to here.
-# - Delete vimrun.exe, install.exe and uninstal.exe.
+# - Delete vimrun.exe, install.exe and uninstall.exe.
 # Win32 GUI version with OLE, PERL, Ruby, TCL, PYTHON and dynamic IME:
 # - Install the interfaces you want, see src/INSTALLpc.txt
 #   Adjust bigvim.bat to match the version of each interface you want.
@@ -188,7 +185,7 @@ MINOR = 1
 #   - check the output.
 # - Rename "gvim.exe" to "gvim_ole.exe".
 # - Rename gvim.pdb to "gvim_ole.pdb".
-# - Delete install.exe and uninstal.exe.
+# - Delete install.exe and uninstall.exe.
 # Create the archives:
 # - Copy all the "*.exe" files to where this Makefile is.
 # - Copy all the "*.pdb" files to where this Makefile is.
@@ -197,7 +194,7 @@ MINOR = 1
 # NSIS self installing exe:
 # - To get NSIS see http://nsis.sourceforge.net
 # - Make sure gvim_ole.exe, vimw32.exe, installw32.exe,
-#   uninstalw32.exe, teew32.exe and xxdw32.exe have been build as mentioned
+#   uninstallw32.exe, teew32.exe and xxdw32.exe have been build as mentioned
 #   above.
 # - copy these files (get them from a binary archive or build them):
 #	gvimext.dll in src/GvimExt
@@ -518,7 +515,7 @@ dosbin_gvim: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_GVIM)
 	cp xxdw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp vimrun.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vimrun.exe
 	cp installw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
-	cp uninstalw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstal.exe
+	cp uninstallw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstall.exe
 	mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/GvimExt32
 	cp gvimext.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/GvimExt32/gvimext.dll
 	mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/GvimExt64
@@ -539,7 +536,7 @@ dosbin_w32: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_W32)
 	cp teew32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/tee.exe
 	cp xxdw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp installw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
-	cp uninstalw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstal.exe
+	cp uninstallw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstall.exe
 	cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z vim$(VERSION)w32.zip vim <$(COMMENT_W32)
 	cp vimw32.pdb dist/vim$(VERSION)w32.pdb
 
@@ -557,7 +554,7 @@ dosbin_ole: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_OLE)
 	cp xxdw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp vimrun.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vimrun.exe
 	cp installw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
-	cp uninstalw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstal.exe
+	cp uninstallw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstall.exe
 	cp gvimext.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gvimext.dll
 	cp README_ole.txt dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
 	cp src/VisVim/VisVim.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/VisVim.dll

README.md

@@ -1,12 +1,14 @@
 ![Vim Logo](https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/runtime/vimlogo.gif)
 
-[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim)
+[![Travis Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim)
 [![Appveyor Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/o2qht2kjm02sgghk?svg=true)](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/chrisbra/vim)
+[![Cirrus Build Status](https://api.cirrus-ci.com/github/vim/vim.svg)](https://cirrus-ci.com/github/vim/vim)
 [![Coverage Status](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim/coverage.svg?branch=master)](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim?branch=master)
 [![Coverity Scan](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/241/badge.svg)](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/vim)
 [![Language Grade: C/C++](https://img.shields.io/lgtm/grade/cpp/g/vim/vim.svg?logo=lgtm&logoWidth=18)](https://lgtm.com/projects/g/vim/vim/context:cpp)
 [![Debian CI](https://badges.debian.net/badges/debian/testing/vim/version.svg)](https://buildd.debian.org/vim)
 [![Packages](https://repology.org/badge/tiny-repos/vim.svg)](https://repology.org/metapackage/vim)
+For translations of this README see the end.
 
 
 ## What is Vim? ##
@@ -29,7 +31,6 @@ almost all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very
 difficult.  Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga
 DOS, Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
 
-
 ## Distribution ##
 
 You can often use your favorite package manager to install Vim.  On Mac and
@@ -141,3 +142,8 @@ Send any other comments, patches, flowers and suggestions to:
 
 
 This is `README.md` for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+
+
+## Translations of this README ##
+
+[Korean](https://github.com/cjw1359/opensource/blob/master/Vim/README_ko.md)

READMEdir/README_os390.txt

@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ Getting the source to z/OS:
 
 First get the source code in one big tar file and ftp it a binary to z/OS. If
 the tar file is initially compressed with gzip (tar.gz) or bzip2 (tar.bz2)
-uncompress it on your PC, as this tools are (most likely) not available on the
-mainframe.
+uncompress it on your PC, as these tools are (most likely) not available on
+the mainframe.
 
 To reduce the size of the tar file you might compress it into a zip file. On
 z/OS Unix you might have the command "jar" from java to uncompress a zip. Use:
@@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ WARNING: This instruction was not tested with Vim 7.4 or later.
 
 There are two ways for building VIM with X11 support. The first way is simple
 and results in a big executable (~13 Mb), the second needs a few additional
-steps and results in a much smaller executable (~4.5 Mb). This examples assume
-you want Motif.
+steps and results in a much smaller executable (~4.5 Mb). These examples
+assume you want Motif.
 
   The easy way:
     $ export CC=cc

nsis/README.txt

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ To build the installable .exe:
 	gvim.exe (the OLE version),
 	vimrun.exe,
 	install.exe,
-	uninstal.exe,
+	uninstall.exe,
 	tee/tee.exe,
 	xxd/xxd.exe,
 

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -341,13 +341,13 @@ Section "$(str_section_exe)" id_section_exe
 	File ${VIMSRC}\vim${BIT}.dll
 !endif
 	File /oname=install.exe ${VIMSRC}\installw32.exe
-	File /oname=uninstal.exe ${VIMSRC}\uninstalw32.exe
+	File /oname=uninstall.exe ${VIMSRC}\uninstallw32.exe
 	File ${VIMSRC}\vimrun.exe
 	File /oname=tee.exe ${VIMSRC}\teew32.exe
 	File /oname=xxd.exe ${VIMSRC}\xxdw32.exe
 	File ..\vimtutor.bat
 	File ..\README.txt
-	File ..\uninstal.txt
+	File ..\uninstall.txt
 	File ${VIMRT}\*.vim
 	File ${VIMRT}\rgb.txt
 
@@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ Section "un.$(str_unsection_register)" id_unsection_register
 
 	# delete the context menu entry and batch files
 	DetailPrint "$(str_msg_unregistering)"
-	nsExec::Exec "$0\uninstal.exe -nsis"
+	nsExec::Exec "$0\uninstall.exe -nsis"
 	Pop $3
 
 	# We may have been put to the background when uninstall did something.

nsis/lang/simpchinese.nsi

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 #
 # Locale ID    : 2052
 # fileencoding : UTF-8
-# Author       : Guopeng Wen
+# Author       : Guopeng Wen, David Liu
 
 !insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "SimpChinese"
 
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ LangString str_desc_plugin          ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
 LangString str_section_plugin_home  ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "私有插件目录"
 LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Create plugin directories in HOME directory."
+    "在主目录创建私有插件目录。"
 
 LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "公共插件目录"
@@ -141,14 +141,14 @@ LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "删除 Vim 的所有执行文件及脚本。"
 
 LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Remove plugin directories"
+    "移除插件目录"
 LangString str_desc_rm_plugin       ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Remove the plugin directories if they are empty."
+    "移除插件目录（如果目录为空）。"
 
 LangString str_unsection_plugin_home ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "私有插件目录"
 LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_home  ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Remove the plugin directories from HOME directory."
+    "从主目录中移除私有插件目录。"
 
 LangString str_unsection_plugin_vim ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "公共插件目录"
@@ -241,37 +241,37 @@ LangString str_msg_unregistering ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
 LangString str_vimrc_page_title    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "设置 _vimrc"
 LangString str_vimrc_page_subtitle ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "选择键盘、鼠标和增强选项。"
+    "选择键盘、鼠标和扩展设置。"
 
 LangString str_msg_compat_title    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "Vi / Vim 行为"
 LangString str_msg_compat_desc     ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "&Compatibility and enhancements"
+    "兼容性与扩展(&B)"
 LangString str_msg_compat_vi       ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Vi compatible"
+    "原始 Vi"
 LangString str_msg_compat_vim      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Vim original"
+    "原始 Vim"
 LangString str_msg_compat_defaults ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Vim with some enhancements (load defaults.vim)"
+    "Vim 原始版本和部分扩展 (加载 defaults.vim)"
 LangString str_msg_compat_all      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Vim with all enhancements (load vimrc_example.vim) (Default)"
+    "Vim 原始版本和所有扩展 (加载 vimrc_example.vim) (缺省)"
 
 LangString str_msg_keymap_title   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "键盘映射"
 LangString str_msg_keymap_desc    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "&Remap a few keys for Windows (Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F, etc)"
+    "为 Windows 映射按键(&R) (例如:Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F 等)"
 LangString str_msg_keymap_default ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Do not remap keys (Default)"
+    "不映射按键 (缺省)"
 LangString str_msg_keymap_windows ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Remap a few keys"
+    "映射一些按键"
 
 LangString str_msg_mouse_title   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "鼠标"
 LangString str_msg_mouse_desc    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "&Behavior of right and left buttons"
+    "左键和右键行为(&B)"
 LangString str_msg_mouse_default ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Right: popup menu, Left: visual mode (Default)"
+    "右键：弹出菜单, 左键：可视化模式 (缺省)"
 LangString str_msg_mouse_windows ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Right: popup menu, Left: select mode (Windows)"
+    "右键：弹出菜单, 左键:选择模式 (Windows)"
 LangString str_msg_mouse_unix    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Right: extends selection, Left: visual mode (Unix)"
+    "右键： 扩展选择, 左键：可视化模式 (Unix)"

nsis/lang/turkish.nsi

@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+# turkish.nsi: Turkish language strings for gvim NSIS installer.
+# fileencoding : UTF-8
+# Author       : Emir SARI
+
+!insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "Turkish"
+
+# Overwrite the default translation.
+# These strings should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
+LangString ^SetupCaption     ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+        "$(^Name) Setup"
+LangString ^UninstallCaption ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+        "$(^Name) Uninstall"
+        
+LangString str_show_readme          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Kurulum bittikten sonra README dosyasını aç"
+
+# Install types:
+LangString str_type_typical         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Normal"
+
+LangString str_type_minimal         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Küçük"
+
+LangString str_type_full            ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Tam"
+    
+##############################################################################
+# Section Titles & Description                                            {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_section_old_ver      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eski sürümü kaldır"
+LangString str_desc_old_ver         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim'in eski sürümünü sisteminizden kaldırır."
+
+LangString str_section_exe          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim grafik arabirimi ve çalışma dosyaları"
+LangString str_desc_exe             ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim program başlatıcı ve çalışma dosyaları. Bu bileşen zorunludur."
+
+LangString str_section_console      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim konsol sürümü"
+LangString str_desc_console         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim'in konsol sürümü (vim.exe)."
+
+LangString str_section_batch        ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    ".bat dosyaları oluştur"
+LangString str_desc_batch           ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim için komut satırında kullanmak üzere .bat dosyaları oluşturur"
+
+LangString str_group_icons          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim için kısayollar oluştur"
+LangString str_desc_icons           ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Kolay erişim için Vim kısayolları oluşturur."
+
+LangString str_section_desktop      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Masaüstünde"
+LangString str_desc_desktop         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "gVim programı için Masaüstünde kısayol oluşturur."
+
+LangString str_section_start_menu   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Başlat Menüsü - Programlar klasöründe"
+LangString str_desc_start_menu      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim kısayolunu Başlat Menüsüne ekler."
+    
+LangString str_section_edit_with    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim ile Aç"
+LangString str_desc_edit_with       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim'i $\"Birlikte aç$\" sağ tıklama menüsüne ekler."
+    
+ LangString str_section_vim_rc       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Bir konfigürasyon dosyası oluştur"
+LangString str_desc_vim_rc          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eğer yoksa bir konfigürasyon dosyası (_vimrc) oluşturur."
+
+LangString str_group_plugin         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinleri oluştur"
+LangString str_desc_plugin          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Bu dizinlere Vim eklentilerini yerleştirerek Vim'e yeni \
+     özellikler kazandırabilirsiniz."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_home  ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Gizli"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinlerini EV dizininde oluşturur."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Paylaşılan"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinlerini Vim yükleme dizininde oluşturur. Bu eklentilerden \
+     bilgisayarın tüm kullanıcıları yararlanabilir."
+
+LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "VisVim eklentisi"
+LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Microsoft Visual Studio entegrasyonu için VisVim eklentisi" 
+
+LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Ek dil desteği"
+LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Mevcut olan Vim yerelleştirmelerini yükler."
+
+LangString str_unsection_register   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim kaydını kaldır"
+LangString str_desc_unregister      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim'in bu bilgisayardaki kaydını kaldırır."
+
+LangString str_unsection_exe        ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim programını ve çalıştırma dosyalarını kaldır"
+LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Tüm Vim çalıştırılabilir dosyalarını ve diğer dosyaları kaldırır."
+
+LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinlerini kaldır"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinlerini eğer boş ise kaldırır."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_home ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Gizli"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_home  ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinlerini EV dizininden kaldırır."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_vim ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Paylaşılan"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_vim   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinlerini Vim yükleme dizininden kaldırır."
+
+LangString str_unsection_rootdir    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim kök dizinini kaldır"
+LangString str_desc_rm_rootdir      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim kök dizinini kaldırır. Bu dizin Vim konfigürasyon dosyalarını içerir!"
+    
+ LangString str_msg_install_fail  ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Yükleme başarısız oldu. Yeniden deneyin."
+
+LangString str_msg_rm_exe_fail   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "$0 içindeki bazı dosyalar silinemedi!$\r$\n\
+     Bu dosyaları el ile kaldırmalısınız."
+     
+ LangString str_msg_uninstalling  ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eski sürüm kaldırılıyor..."
+
+LangString str_msg_registering   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Kaydediliyor..."
+
+LangString str_msg_unregistering ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Kayıt siliniyor..."
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Dialog Box                                                              {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_vimrc_page_title    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "_vimrc ayarlarını seçin"
+LangString str_vimrc_page_subtitle ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Yüklenecek ek özellikler, klavye ve fare için ayarları seçin."
+
+LangString str_msg_compat_title    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    " Vi / Vim davranışı "
+LangString str_msg_compat_desc     ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "&Uyumluluk ve ek özellikler"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vi       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vi uyumlu"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vim      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim orijinal"
+LangString str_msg_compat_defaults ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim ve ek olarak bazı ek özellikler (load defaults.vim)"
+LangString str_msg_compat_all      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim ve ek olarak tüm ek özellikler (load vimrc_example.vim) (Default)"
+
+LangString str_msg_keymap_title   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    " Klavye İşlevleri "
+LangString str_msg_keymap_desc    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "&Windows için bazı düğmeleri yeniden ayarla (Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F, etc)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_default ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Düğme işlevlerini değiştirme (varsayılan)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_windows ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Bazı düğmeleri yeniden ayarla"
+
+LangString str_msg_mouse_title   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    " Fare İşlevleri "
+LangString str_msg_mouse_desc    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "&Sağ ve sol düğme davranışı"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_default ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Sağ: açılır menü, Sol: Görsel Kip (varsayılan)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_windows ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Sağ: açılır menü, Sol: seçim kipi (Windows)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_unix    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Sağ: seçimi genişlet, Sol: Görsel Kip (Unix)"

runtime/autoload/htmlcomplete.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	HTML and XHTML
 " Maintainer:	Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
-" Last Change:	2014 Jun 20
+" Last Change:	2019 Sep 27
 
 " Distinguish between HTML versions.
 " To use with other HTML versions add another "elseif" condition to match
@@ -245,7 +245,8 @@ function! htmlcomplete#CompleteTags(findstart, base)
 	" If context contains white space it is attribute.
 	" It can be also value of attribute.
 	" We have to get first word to offer proper completions
-	if context == ''
+	if context =~ '^\s*$'
+		" empty or whitespace line
 		let tag = ''
 	else
 		let tag = split(context)[0]

runtime/autoload/netrw.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " netrw.vim: Handles file transfer and remote directory listing across
 "            AUTOLOAD SECTION
-" Date:		Jul 16, 2019
-" Version:	165
+" Date:		Nov 29, 2019
+" Version:	167
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " GetLatestVimScripts: 1075 1 :AutoInstall: netrw.vim
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2016 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
@@ -13,6 +13,10 @@
 "               expressed or implied. By using this plugin, you agree that
 "               in no event will the copyright holder be liable for any damages
 "               resulting from the use of this software.
+"
+" Note: the code here was started in 1999 under a much earlier version of vim.  The directory browsing
+"       code was written using vim v6, which did not have Lists (Lists were first offered with vim-v7).
+"
 "redraw!|call DechoSep()|call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
 "
 "  But be doers of the Word, and not only hearers, deluding your own selves {{{1
@@ -39,7 +43,7 @@ if exists("s:needspatches")
  endfor
 endif
 
-let g:loaded_netrw = "v165"
+let g:loaded_netrw = "v167"
 if !exists("s:NOTE")
  let s:NOTE    = 0
  let s:WARNING = 1
@@ -232,12 +236,12 @@ if !exists("g:netrw_ftp_options")
  let g:netrw_ftp_options= "-i -n"
 endif
 if !exists("g:netrw_http_cmd")
- if executable("curl")
-  let g:netrw_http_cmd	= "curl"
-  call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_http_xcmd","-L -o")
- elseif executable("wget")
+ if executable("wget")
   let g:netrw_http_cmd	= "wget"
   call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_http_xcmd","-q -O")
+ elseif executable("curl")
+  let g:netrw_http_cmd	= "curl"
+  call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_http_xcmd","-L -o")
  elseif executable("elinks")
   let g:netrw_http_cmd = "elinks"
   call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_http_xcmd","-source >")
@@ -689,6 +693,7 @@ fun! netrw#Explore(indx,dosplit,style,...)
 
   " save registers
   if has("clipboard")
+"   call Decho("(netrw#Explore) save @* and @+",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    sil! let keepregstar = @*
    sil! let keepregplus = @+
   endif
@@ -916,8 +921,9 @@ fun! netrw#Explore(indx,dosplit,style,...)
      if !exists("w:netrw_explore_list") " sanity check
       NetrwKeepj call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"using Nexplore or <s-down> improperly; see help for netrw-starstar",40)
       if has("clipboard")
-       sil! let @* = keepregstar
-       sil! let @+ = keepregplus
+"       call Decho("(netrw#Explore) restore @* and @+",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+       if @* != keepregstar | sil! let @* = keepregstar | endif
+       if @+ != keepregplus | sil! let @+ = keepregplus | endif
       endif
       sil! let @/ = keepregslash
 "      call Dret("netrw#Explore")
@@ -941,8 +947,9 @@ fun! netrw#Explore(indx,dosplit,style,...)
      if !exists("w:netrw_explore_list") " sanity check
       NetrwKeepj call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"using Pexplore or <s-up> improperly; see help for netrw-starstar",41)
       if has("clipboard")
-       sil! let @* = keepregstar
-       sil! let @+ = keepregplus
+"       call Decho("(netrw#Explore) restore @* and @+",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+       if @* != keepregstar | sil! let @* = keepregstar | endif
+       if @+ != keepregplus | sil! let @+ = keepregplus | endif
       endif
       sil! let @/ = keepregslash
 "      call Dret("netrw#Explore")
@@ -996,8 +1003,9 @@ fun! netrw#Explore(indx,dosplit,style,...)
        keepalt call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,'no files matched pattern<'.pattern.'>',45)
        if &hls | let keepregslash= s:ExplorePatHls(pattern) | endif
        if has("clipboard")
-	sil! let @* = keepregstar
-	sil! let @+ = keepregplus
+"        call Decho("(netrw#Explore) restore @* and @+",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+        if @* != keepregstar | sil! let @* = keepregstar | endif
+        if @+ != keepregplus | sil! let @+ = keepregplus | endif
        endif
        sil! let @/ = keepregslash
 "       call Dret("netrw#Explore : no files matched pattern")
@@ -1032,8 +1040,9 @@ fun! netrw#Explore(indx,dosplit,style,...)
      if w:netrw_explore_listlen == 0 || (w:netrw_explore_listlen == 1 && w:netrw_explore_list[0] =~ '\*\*\/')
       keepalt NetrwKeepj call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"no files matched",42)
       if has("clipboard")
-       sil! let @* = keepregstar
-       sil! let @+ = keepregplus
+"       call Decho("(netrw#Explore) restore @* and @+",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+        if @* != keepregstar | sil! let @* = keepregstar | endif
+        if @+ != keepregplus | sil! let @+ = keepregplus | endif
       endif
       sil! let @/ = keepregslash
 "      call Dret("netrw#Explore : no files matched")
@@ -1080,8 +1089,9 @@ fun! netrw#Explore(indx,dosplit,style,...)
      keepalt NetrwKeepj call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"your vim needs the +path_extra feature for Exploring with **!",44)
     endif
     if has("clipboard")
-     sil! let @* = keepregstar
-     sil! let @+ = keepregplus
+"     call Decho("(netrw#Explore) restore @* and @+",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+      if @* != keepregstar | sil! let @* = keepregstar | endif
+      if @+ != keepregplus | sil! let @+ = keepregplus | endif
     endif
     sil! let @/ = keepregslash
 "    call Dret("netrw#Explore : missing +path_extra")
@@ -1153,8 +1163,9 @@ fun! netrw#Explore(indx,dosplit,style,...)
   " Consequently, set s:netrw_events to 2.
   let s:netrw_events= 2
   if has("clipboard")
-   sil! let @* = keepregstar
-   sil! let @+ = keepregplus
+"   call Decho("(netrw#Explore) restore @* and @+",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+   if @* != keepregstar | sil! let @* = keepregstar | endif
+   if @+ != keepregplus | sil! let @+ = keepregplus | endif
   endif
   sil! let @/ = keepregslash
 "  call Dret("netrw#Explore : @/<".@/.">")
@@ -1528,7 +1539,8 @@ fun! netrw#Obtain(islocal,fname,...)
     " -i       : turns off interactive prompting from ftp
     " -n  unix : DON'T use <.netrc>, even though it exists
     " -n  win32: quit being obnoxious about password
-    NetrwKeepj norm! 1Gdd
+    "  Note: using "_dd to delete to the black hole register; avoids messing up @@
+    NetrwKeepj norm! 1G"_dd
     call s:NetrwExe(s:netrw_silentxfer."%!".s:netrw_ftp_cmd." ".g:netrw_ftp_options)
     " If the result of the ftp operation isn't blank, show an error message (tnx to Doug Claar)
     if getline(1) !~ "^$"
@@ -1642,7 +1654,6 @@ fun! s:NetrwOptionsSave(vt)
   let {a:vt}netrw_cpokeep   = &l:cpo
   let {a:vt}netrw_diffkeep  = &l:diff
   let {a:vt}netrw_fenkeep   = &l:fen
-"  call Decho("saving current settings: got here#1",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   if !exists("g:netrw_ffkeep") || g:netrw_ffkeep
    let {a:vt}netrw_ffkeep    = &l:ff
   endif
@@ -1661,7 +1672,6 @@ fun! s:NetrwOptionsSave(vt)
   let {a:vt}netrw_rokeep    = &l:ro
   let {a:vt}netrw_selkeep   = &l:sel
   let {a:vt}netrw_spellkeep = &l:spell
-"  call Decho("saving current settings: got here#2",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   if !g:netrw_use_noswf
    let {a:vt}netrw_swfkeep  = &l:swf
   endif
@@ -1675,6 +1685,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwOptionsSave(vt)
 "  call Decho("saving a few selected netrw-related variables",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   if g:netrw_keepdir
    let {a:vt}netrw_dirkeep  = getcwd()
+"   call Decho("saving to ".a:vt."netrw_dirkeep<".{a:vt}netrw_dirkeep.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   endif
   if has("clipboard")
    sil! let {a:vt}netrw_starkeep = @*
@@ -1745,6 +1756,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwOptionsRestore(vt)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NetrwOptionsRestore(vt<".a:vt.">) win#".winnr()." buf#".bufnr("%")."<".bufname("%")."> winnr($)=".winnr("$"))
 "  call Decho("settings buf#".bufnr("%")."<".bufname("%").">: ".((&l:ma == 0)? "no" : "")."ma ".((&l:mod == 0)? "no" : "")."mod ".((&l:bl == 0)? "no" : "")."bl ".((&l:ro == 0)? "no" : "")."ro fo=".&l:fo." a:vt=".a:vt,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   if !exists("{a:vt}netrw_optionsave")
+"   call Decho("case ".a:vt."netrw_optionsave : doesn't exist",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "   call Decho("settings buf#".bufnr("%")."<".bufname("%").">: ".((&l:ma == 0)? "no" : "")."ma ".((&l:mod == 0)? "no" : "")."mod ".((&l:bl == 0)? "no" : "")."bl ".((&l:ro == 0)? "no" : "")."ro fo=".&l:fo." a:vt=".a:vt,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "   call Decho("ro=".&l:ro." ma=".&l:ma." mod=".&l:mod." wrap=".&l:wrap." (filename<".expand("%")."> win#".winnr()." ft<".&ft.">)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "   call Dret("s:NetrwOptionsRestore : ".a:vt."netrw_optionsave doesn't exist")
@@ -1829,6 +1841,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwOptionsRestore(vt)
    endif
   endif
   if has("clipboard")
+"   call Decho("has clipboard",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    call s:NetrwRestoreSetting(a:vt."netrw_starkeep","@*")
    call s:NetrwRestoreSetting(a:vt."netrw_pluskeep","@+")
   endif
@@ -1890,7 +1903,7 @@ endfun
 "                        Used by s:NetrwOptionsRestore() to restore each netrw-senstive setting
 "                        keepvars are set up by s:NetrwOptionsSave
 fun! s:NetrwRestoreSetting(keepvar,setting)
-""  call Dfunc("s:NetrwRestoreSetting(a:keepvar<".a:keepvar."> a:setting<".a:setting.">)")
+"""  call Dfunc("s:NetrwRestoreSetting(a:keepvar<".a:keepvar."> a:setting<".a:setting.">)")
 
   " typically called from s:NetrwOptionsRestore
   "   call s:NetrwRestoreSettings(keep-option-variable-name,'associated-option')
@@ -1905,7 +1918,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwRestoreSetting(keepvar,setting)
 ""   call Decho("fyi: a:setting<".a:setting."> setting<".setting.">")
 
    if setting != keepvarval
-""    call Decho("restore setting<".a:setting."=".setting."> to keepvarval<".keepvarval.">")
+""    call Decho("restore setting<".a:setting."> (currently=".setting.") to keepvarval<".keepvarval.">")
     if type(a:setting) == 0
      exe "let ".a:setting."= ".keepvarval
     elseif type(a:setting) == 1
@@ -2195,7 +2208,7 @@ fun! netrw#NetRead(mode,...)
     " -i       : turns off interactive prompting from ftp
     " -n  unix : DON'T use <.netrc>, even though it exists
     " -n  win32: quit being obnoxious about password
-    NetrwKeepj norm! 1Gdd
+    NetrwKeepj norm! 1G"_dd
     call s:NetrwExe(s:netrw_silentxfer."%!".s:netrw_ftp_cmd." ".g:netrw_ftp_options)
     " If the result of the ftp operation isn't blank, show an error message (tnx to Doug Claar)
     if getline(1) !~ "^$"
@@ -2295,7 +2308,7 @@ fun! netrw#NetRead(mode,...)
      NetrwKeepj put ='quit'
 
      " perform cadaver operation:
-     NetrwKeepj norm! 1Gdd
+     NetrwKeepj norm! 1G"_dd
      call s:NetrwExe(s:netrw_silentxfer."%!".g:netrw_dav_cmd)
      keepj bd!
     endif
@@ -2611,7 +2624,7 @@ fun! netrw#NetWrite(...) range
     " -i       : turns off interactive prompting from ftp
     " -n  unix : DON'T use <.netrc>, even though it exists
     " -n  win32: quit being obnoxious about password
-    NetrwKeepj norm! 1Gdd
+    NetrwKeepj norm! 1G"_dd
     call s:NetrwExe(s:netrw_silentxfer."%!".s:netrw_ftp_cmd." ".g:netrw_ftp_options)
     " If the result of the ftp operation isn't blank, show an error message (tnx to Doug Claar)
     if getline(1) !~ "^$"
@@ -2677,7 +2690,7 @@ fun! netrw#NetWrite(...) range
     NetrwKeepj put ='put '.tmpfile.' '.netrw_fname
 
     " perform cadaver operation:
-    NetrwKeepj norm! 1Gdd
+    NetrwKeepj norm! 1G"_dd
     call s:NetrwExe(s:netrw_silentxfer."%!".g:netrw_dav_cmd)
 
     " remove enew buffer (quietly)
@@ -2863,7 +2876,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwGetFile(readcmd, tfile, method)
   " readcmd=='t': simply do nothing
   if a:readcmd == 't'
 "   call Decho(" ro=".&l:ro." ma=".&l:ma." mod=".&l:mod." wrap=".&l:wrap." (filename<".expand("%")."> win#".winnr()." ft<".&ft.">)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-"   call Dret("NetrwGetFile : skip read of <".a:tfile.">")
+"   call Dret("NetrwGetFile : skip read of tfile<".a:tfile.">")
    return
   endif
 
@@ -4359,7 +4372,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwGetWord()
    let curline= getline('.')
 
    if curline =~# '"\s*Sorted by\s'
-    NetrwKeepj norm! s
+    NetrwKeepj norm! "_s
     let s:netrw_skipbrowse= 1
     echo 'Pressing "s" also works'
 
@@ -5194,17 +5207,31 @@ fun! s:NetrwBrowseUpDir(islocal)
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" netrw#BrowseX:  (implements "x") executes a special "viewer" script or program for the {{{2
+" netrw#BrowseX:  (implements "x" and "gx") executes a special "viewer" script or program for the {{{2
 "              given filename; typically this means given their extension.
 "              0=local, 1=remote
 fun! netrw#BrowseX(fname,remote)
-"  call Dfunc("netrw#BrowseX(fname<".a:fname."> remote=".a:remote.")")
+  let use_ctrlo= 1
+"  call Dfunc("netrw#BrowseX(fname<".a:fname."> remote=".a:remote.")  implements x and gx maps")
 
-  " if its really just a local directory, then do a "gf" instead
-  if (a:remote == 0 && isdirectory(a:fname)) || (a:remote == 1 && a:fname =~ '/$' && a:fname !~ '^https\=:')
+  if a:remote == 0 && isdirectory(a:fname)
+   " if its really just a local directory, then do a "gf" instead
+"   call Decho("remote≡0 and a:fname<".a:fname."> ".(isdirectory(a:fname)? "is a directory" : "is not a directory"),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("..appears to be a local directory; using gf instead",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    norm! gf
-"   call Dret("(netrw#BrowseX) did gf instead")
+"   call Dret("netrw#BrowseX")
+   return
+  elseif a:remote == 1 && a:fname !~ '^https\=:' && a:fname =~ '/$'
+   " remote directory, not a webpage access, looks like an attempt to do a directory listing
+"   call Decho("remote≡1 and a:fname<".a:fname.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("..and fname ".((a:fname =~ '^https\=:')? 'matches' : 'does not match').'^https\=:','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("..and fname ".((a:fname =~ '/$')?        'matches' : 'does not match').' /$','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("..appears to be a remote directory listing request; using gf instead",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+   norm! gf
+"   call Dret("netrw#BrowseX")
+   return
   endif
+"  call Decho("not a local file nor a webpage request",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
   let ykeep      = @@
   let screenposn = winsaveview()
@@ -5302,10 +5329,9 @@ fun! netrw#BrowseX(fname,remote)
   endif
 "  call Decho("set up redirection: redir{".redir."} srr{".&srr."}",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
-  " extract any viewing options.  Assumes that they're set apart by quotes.
-"  call Decho("extract any viewing options",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+  " extract any viewing options.  Assumes that they're set apart by spaces.
   if exists("g:netrw_browsex_viewer")
-"   call Decho("g:netrw_browsex_viewer<".g:netrw_browsex_viewer.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("extract any viewing options from g:netrw_browsex_viewer<".g:netrw_browsex_viewer.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    if g:netrw_browsex_viewer =~ '\s'
     let viewer  = substitute(g:netrw_browsex_viewer,'\s.*$','','')
     let viewopt = substitute(g:netrw_browsex_viewer,'^\S\+\s*','','')." "
@@ -5328,16 +5354,16 @@ fun! netrw#BrowseX(fname,remote)
   " execute the file handler
 "  call Decho("execute the file handler (if any)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   if exists("g:netrw_browsex_viewer") && g:netrw_browsex_viewer == '-'
-"   call Decho("g:netrw_browsex_viewer<".g:netrw_browsex_viewer.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) g:netrw_browsex_viewer<".g:netrw_browsex_viewer.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    let ret= netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten,fname)
 
   elseif exists("g:netrw_browsex_viewer") && executable(viewer)
-"   call Decho("g:netrw_browsex_viewer<".g:netrw_browsex_viewer.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) g:netrw_browsex_viewer<".g:netrw_browsex_viewer.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    call s:NetrwExe("sil !".viewer." ".viewopt.s:ShellEscape(fname,1).redir)
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
   elseif has("win32") || has("win64")
-"   call Decho("win".(has("win32")? "32" : "64")",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) win".(has("win32")? "32" : "64"),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    if executable("start")
     call s:NetrwExe('sil! !start rundll32 url.dll,FileProtocolHandler '.s:ShellEscape(fname,1))
    elseif executable("rundll32")
@@ -5345,56 +5371,68 @@ fun! netrw#BrowseX(fname,remote)
    else
     call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"rundll32 not on path",74)
    endif
-   " call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
   elseif has("win32unix")
    let winfname= 'c:\cygwin'.substitute(fname,'/','\\','g')
-"   call Decho("cygwin: winfname<".s:ShellEscape(winfname,1).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) cygwin: winfname<".s:ShellEscape(winfname,1).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    if executable("start")
+"    call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) win32unix+start",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     call s:NetrwExe('sil !start rundll32 url.dll,FileProtocolHandler '.s:ShellEscape(winfname,1))
    elseif executable("rundll32")
+"    call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) win32unix+rundll32",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     call s:NetrwExe('sil !rundll32 url.dll,FileProtocolHandler '.s:ShellEscape(winfname,1))
    elseif executable("cygstart")
+"    call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) win32unix+cygstart",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     call s:NetrwExe('sil !cygstart '.s:ShellEscape(fname,1))
    else
     call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"rundll32 not on path",74)
    endif
-   " call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
   elseif has("unix") && executable("kfmclient") && s:CheckIfKde()
-"   call Decho("unix and kfmclient",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) unix and kfmclient",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    call s:NetrwExe("sil !kfmclient exec ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1)." ".redir)
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
   elseif has("unix") && executable("exo-open") && executable("xdg-open") && executable("setsid")
-"   call Decho("unix, exo-open, xdg-open",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) unix, exo-open, xdg-open",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    call s:NetrwExe("sil !setsid xdg-open ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1).redir)
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
   elseif has("unix") && $DESKTOP_SESSION == "mate" && executable("atril")
-"   call Decho("unix and atril",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-   call s:NetrwExe("sil !atril ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1).redir)
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) unix and atril",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+   if a:fname =~ '^https\=://'
+    " atril does not appear to understand how to handle html -- so use gvim to edit the document
+    let use_ctrlo= 0
+"    call Decho("(COMBAK) fname<".fname.">")
+"    call Decho("(COMBAK) a:fname<".a:fname.">")
+    call s:NetrwExe("sil! !gvim ".fname.' -c "keepj keepalt file '.fnameescape(a:fname).'"')
+
+   else
+    call s:NetrwExe("sil !atril ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1).redir)
+   endif
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
   elseif has("unix") && executable("xdg-open")
-"   call Decho("unix and xdg-open",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) unix and xdg-open",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    call s:NetrwExe("sil !xdg-open ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1).redir)
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
   elseif has("macunix") && executable("open")
-"   call Decho("macunix and open",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) macunix and open",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    call s:NetrwExe("sil !open ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1)." ".redir)
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
   else
    " netrwFileHandlers#Invoke() always returns 0
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) use netrwFileHandlers",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    let ret= netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten,fname)
   endif
 
   " if unsuccessful, attempt netrwFileHandlers#Invoke()
   if ret
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) ret=".ret," indicates unsuccessful thus far",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    let ret= netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten,fname)
   endif
 
@@ -5416,8 +5454,9 @@ fun! netrw#BrowseX(fname,remote)
    if g:netrw_use_noswf
     setl noswf
    endif
-   exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! \<c-o>"
-"   redraw!
+   if use_ctrlo
+    exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! \<c-o>"
+   endif
   endif
 "  call Decho("restoring posn to screenposn<".string(screenposn).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   call winrestview(screenposn)
@@ -5446,11 +5485,11 @@ endfun
 " netrw#BrowseXVis: used by gx in visual mode to select a file for browsing {{{2
 fun! netrw#BrowseXVis()
 "  call Dfunc("netrw#BrowseXVis()")
-  let atkeep = @@
-  norm! gvy
-"  call Decho("@@<".@@.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-  call netrw#BrowseX(@@,netrw#CheckIfRemote(@@))
-  let @@     = atkeep
+  let akeep = @a
+  norm! gv"ay
+  let gxfile= @a
+  let @a    = akeep
+  call netrw#BrowseX(gxfile,netrw#CheckIfRemote(gxfile))
 "  call Dret("netrw#BrowseXVis")
 endfun
 
@@ -6070,13 +6109,12 @@ fun! s:NetrwSLeftrelease(islocal)
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" s:NetrwListHide: uses [range]g~...~d to delete files that match comma {{{2
-" separated patterns given in g:netrw_list_hide
+" s:NetrwListHide: uses [range]g~...~d to delete files that match       {{{2
+"                  comma-separated patterns given in g:netrw_list_hide
 fun! s:NetrwListHide()
 "  call Dfunc("s:NetrwListHide() g:netrw_hide=".g:netrw_hide." g:netrw_list_hide<".g:netrw_list_hide.">")
 "  call Decho("initial: ".string(getline(w:netrw_bannercnt,'$')))
   let ykeep= @@
-"  call DechoBuf(bufnr("%"),"COMBAK#3")
 
   " find a character not in the "hide" string to use as a separator for :g and :v commands
   " How-it-works: take the hiding command, convert it into a range.
@@ -6085,8 +6123,8 @@ fun! s:NetrwListHide()
   " Use the first character left as a separator character.
 "  call Decho("find a character not in the hide string to use as a separator")
   let listhide= g:netrw_list_hide
-  let sep     = strpart(substitute('/~@#$%^&*{};:,<.>?|1234567890','['.escape(listhide,'-]^\').']','','ge'),1,1)
-"  call Decho("sep=".sep,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+  let sep     = strpart(substitute('~@#$%^&*{};:,<.>?|1234567890','['.escape(listhide,'-]^\').']','','ge'),1,1)
+"  call Decho("sep=".sep,"  (sep not in hide string)'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
   while listhide != ""
    if listhide =~ ','
@@ -6096,10 +6134,19 @@ fun! s:NetrwListHide()
     let hide     = listhide
     let listhide = ""
    endif
-"   call Decho("hide<".hide."> listhide<".listhide.'>','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("..extracted from listhide: hide<".hide."> g:netrw_sort_by<".g:netrw_sort_by.'>','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+   if g:netrw_sort_by =~ '^[ts]'
+    if hide =~ '^\^'
+"     call Decho("..modify hide to handle a \"^...\" pattern",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+     let hide= substitute(hide,'^\^','^\(\\d\\+/\)','')
+    elseif hide =~ '^\\(\^'
+     let hide= substitute(hide,'^\\(\^','\\(^\\(\\d\\+/\\)','')
+    endif
+"    call Decho("..hide<".hide."> listhide<".listhide.'>','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+   endif
 
    " Prune the list by hiding any files which match
-"   call Decho("prune the list by hiding any files which ",((g:netrw_hide == 1)? "" : "don't")." match hide<".hide.">")
+"   call Decho("..prune the list by hiding any files which ",((g:netrw_hide == 1)? "" : "don't")." match hide<".hide.">")
    if g:netrw_hide == 1
 "    call Decho("..hiding<".hide.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$g'.sep.hide.sep.'d'
@@ -6120,7 +6167,6 @@ fun! s:NetrwListHide()
   " remove any blank lines that have somehow remained.
   " This seems to happen under Windows.
   exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj 1,$g@^\s*$@d'
-"  call DechoBuf(bufnr("%"),"COMBAK#4")
 
   let @@= ykeep
 "  call Dret("s:NetrwListHide")
@@ -6328,7 +6374,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwMaps(islocal)
 
   " generate default <Plug> maps {{{3
   if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwHide')              |nmap <buffer> <silent> <nowait> a	<Plug>NetrwHide_a|endif
-  if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwBrowseUpDir')       |nmap <buffer> <silent> <nowait> -	<Plug>NetrwBrowseUpDir |endif
+  if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwBrowseUpDir')       |nmap <buffer> <silent> <nowait> -	<Plug>NetrwBrowseUpDir|endif
   if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwOpenFile')          |nmap <buffer> <silent> <nowait> %	<Plug>NetrwOpenFile|endif
   if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwBadd_cb')           |nmap <buffer> <silent> <nowait> cb	<Plug>NetrwBadd_cb|endif
   if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwBadd_cB')           |nmap <buffer> <silent> <nowait> cB	<Plug>NetrwBadd_cB|endif
@@ -6645,9 +6691,9 @@ fun! s:NetrwMarkFiles(islocal,...)
   while i <= a:0
    if a:islocal
     if v:version > 704 || (v:version == 704 && has("patch656"))
-     let mffiles= glob(fnameescape(a:{i}),0,1,1)
+     let mffiles= glob(a:{i},0,1,1)
     else
-     let mffiles= glob(fnameescape(a:{i}),0,1)
+     let mffiles= glob(a:{i},0,1)
     endif
    else
     let mffiles= [a:{i}]
@@ -6788,13 +6834,15 @@ fun! s:NetrwMarkFile(islocal,fname)
    if index(s:netrwmarkfilelist,dname) == -1
     " append new filename to global markfilelist
     call add(s:netrwmarkfilelist,s:ComposePath(b:netrw_curdir,a:fname))
-"    call Decho("append filename<".a:fname."> to global markfilelist<".string(s:netrwmarkfilelist).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"    call Decho("append filename<".a:fname."> to global s:markfilelist<".string(s:netrwmarkfilelist).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    else
     " remove new filename from global markfilelist
-"    call Decho("filter(".string(s:netrwmarkfilelist).",'v:val != '.".dname.")",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"    call Decho("remove new filename from global s:markfilelist",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"    call Decho("..filter(".string(s:netrwmarkfilelist).",'v:val != '.".dname.")",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     call filter(s:netrwmarkfilelist,'v:val != "'.dname.'"')
-"    call Decho("ending s:netrwmarkfilelist  <".string(s:netrwmarkfilelist).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"    call Decho("..ending s:netrwmarkfilelist  <".string(s:netrwmarkfilelist).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     if s:netrwmarkfilelist == []
+"     call Decho("s:netrwmarkfilelist is empty; unlet it",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
      unlet s:netrwmarkfilelist
     endif
    endif
@@ -6818,7 +6866,8 @@ fun! s:NetrwMarkFile(islocal,fname)
    endif
   endif
   let @@= ykeep
-"  call Dret("s:NetrwMarkFile : s:netrwmarkfilelist_".curbufnr."<".(exists("s:netrwmarkfilelist_{curbufnr}")? string(s:netrwmarkfilelist_{curbufnr}) : " doesn't exist").">")
+"  call Decho("s:netrwmarkfilelist[".(exists("s:netrwmarkfilelist")? string(s:netrwmarkfilelist) : "")."] (avail in all buffers)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"  call Dret("s:NetrwMarkFile : s:netrwmarkfilelist_".curbufnr."<".(exists("s:netrwmarkfilelist_{curbufnr}")? string(s:netrwmarkfilelist_{curbufnr}) : " doesn't exist").">  (buf#".curbufnr."list)")
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -7573,8 +7622,9 @@ fun! s:NetrwMarkFileGrep(islocal)
   let curdir   = s:NetrwGetCurdir(a:islocal)
 
   if exists("s:netrwmarkfilelist")
-"  call Decho("s:netrwmarkfilelist".string(s:netrwmarkfilelist).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("using s:netrwmarkfilelist".string(s:netrwmarkfilelist).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    let netrwmarkfilelist= join(map(deepcopy(s:netrwmarkfilelist), "fnameescape(v:val)"))
+"   call Decho("keeping copy of s:netrwmarkfilelist in function-local variable,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))"
    call s:NetrwUnmarkAll()
   else
 "   call Decho('no marked files, using "*"','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
@@ -7582,6 +7632,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwMarkFileGrep(islocal)
   endif
 
   " ask user for pattern
+"  call Decho("ask user for search pattern",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   call inputsave()
   let pat= input("Enter pattern: ","")
   call inputrestore()
@@ -8694,7 +8745,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwUpload(fname,tgt,...)
      " -i       : turns off interactive prompting from ftp
      " -n  unix : DON'T use <.netrc>, even though it exists
      " -n  win32: quit being obnoxious about password
-     NetrwKeepj norm! 1Gdd
+     NetrwKeepj norm! 1G"_dd
      call s:NetrwExe(s:netrw_silentxfer."%!".s:netrw_ftp_cmd." ".g:netrw_ftp_options)
      " If the result of the ftp operation isn't blank, show an error message (tnx to Doug Claar)
      sil NetrwKeepj g/Local directory now/d
@@ -9532,12 +9583,14 @@ fun! s:NetrwWideListing()
    " fpl: filenames per line
    " fpc: filenames per column
    setl ma noro
+   let keepa= @a
 "   call Decho("setl ma noro",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    let b:netrw_cpf= 0
    if line("$") >= w:netrw_bannercnt
     exe 'sil NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$g/^./if virtcol("$") > b:netrw_cpf|let b:netrw_cpf= virtcol("$")|endif'
     NetrwKeepj call histdel("/",-1)
    else
+    let @a= keepa
 "    call Dret("NetrwWideListing")
     return
    endif
@@ -9560,6 +9613,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwWideListing()
    let newcolend   = newcolstart + fpc - 1
 "   call Decho("bannercnt=".w:netrw_bannercnt." fpl=".w:netrw_fpl." fpc=".fpc." newcol[".newcolstart.",".newcolend."]",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    if has("clipboard")
+"    call Decho("(s:NetrwWideListing) save @* and @+",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     sil! let keepregstar = @*
     sil! let keepregplus = @+
    endif
@@ -9568,16 +9622,17 @@ fun! s:NetrwWideListing()
     let newcolqty= newcolend - newcolstart
     exe newcolstart
     if newcolqty == 0
-     exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! 0\<c-v>$hx".w:netrw_bannercnt."G$p"
+     exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! 0\<c-v>$h\"ax".w:netrw_bannercnt."G$\"ap"
     else
-     exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! 0\<c-v>".newcolqty.'j$hx'.w:netrw_bannercnt.'G$p'
+     exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! 0\<c-v>".newcolqty.'j$h\"ax'.w:netrw_bannercnt.'G$\"ap'
     endif
     exe "sil! NetrwKeepj ".newcolstart.','.newcolend.'d _'
     exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt
    endwhile
    if has("clipboard")
-    sil! let @*= keepregstar
-    sil! let @+= keepregplus
+"    call Decho("(s:NetrwWideListing) restore @* and @+",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+    if @* != keepregstar | sil! let @* = keepregstar | endif
+    if @+ != keepregplus | sil! let @+ = keepregplus | endif
    endif
    exe "sil! NetrwKeepj ".w:netrw_bannercnt.',$s/\s\+$//e'
    NetrwKeepj call histdel("/",-1)
@@ -9585,6 +9640,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwWideListing()
    exe 'nno <buffer> <silent> b	:call search(''^.\\|\s\s\zs\S'',''bW'')'."\<cr>"
 "   call Decho("NetrwWideListing) setl noma nomod ro",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    exe "setl ".g:netrw_bufsettings
+    let @a= keepa
 "   call Decho("ro=".&l:ro." ma=".&l:ma." mod=".&l:mod." wrap=".&l:wrap." (filename<".expand("%")."> win#".winnr()." ft<".&ft.">)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "   call Dret("NetrwWideListing")
    return
@@ -9782,6 +9838,7 @@ fun! s:PerformListing(islocal)
        exe 'sil NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$sort!'.' '.g:netrw_sort_options
       endif
      endif
+
      " remove priority pattern prefix
 "     call Decho("remove priority pattern prefix",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
      exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$s/^\d\{3}'.g:netrw_sepchr.'//e'
@@ -9820,6 +9877,7 @@ fun! s:PerformListing(islocal)
 "       call Decho('exe sil NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$sort!','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
        exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$sort!'.' '.g:netrw_sort_options
       endif
+"     call Decho("remove leading digits/ (sorting) information from listing",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
      exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$s/^\d\{-}\///e'
      NetrwKeepj call histdel("/",-1)
      endif
@@ -9882,6 +9940,7 @@ fun! s:PerformListing(islocal)
 "   call Decho("exe setl ts=".(g:netrw_maxfilenamelen+1),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    exe "setl ts=".(g:netrw_maxfilenamelen+1)
   endif
+"  call Decho("PerformListing buffer:",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "  call DechoBuf(bufnr("%"))
 
   if exists("s:treecurpos")
@@ -10849,7 +10908,6 @@ fun! s:LocalListing()
   for filename in filelist
 "   call Decho(" ",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "   call Decho("for filename in filelist: filename<".filename.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-"   call DechoBuf(bufnr("%"),"COMBAK#1")
 
    if getftype(filename) == "link"
     " indicate a symbolic link
@@ -10907,10 +10965,10 @@ fun! s:LocalListing()
 
    if w:netrw_liststyle == s:LONGLIST
     let sz   = getfsize(filename)
+    let fsz  = strpart("               ",1,15-strlen(sz)).sz
     if g:netrw_sizestyle =~# "[hH]"
      let sz= s:NetrwHumanReadable(sz)
     endif
-    let fsz     = strpart("               ",1,15-strlen(sz)).sz
     let longfile= printf("%-".(g:netrw_maxfilenamelen+1)."s",pfile)
     let pfile   = longfile.fsz." ".strftime(g:netrw_timefmt,getftime(filename))
 "    call Decho("longlist support: sz=".sz." fsz=".fsz,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
@@ -10918,10 +10976,11 @@ fun! s:LocalListing()
 
    if     g:netrw_sort_by =~# "^t"
     " sort by time (handles time up to 1 quintillion seconds, US)
+    " Decorate listing by prepending a timestamp/  .  Sorting will then be done based on time.
 "    call Decho("getftime(".filename.")=".getftime(filename),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     let t  = getftime(filename)
     let ft = strpart("000000000000000000",1,18-strlen(t)).t
-"    call Decho("exe NetrwKeepj put ='".ft.'/'.filename."'",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"    call Decho("exe NetrwKeepj put ='".ft.'/'.pfile."'",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     let ftpfile= ft.'/'.pfile
     sil! NetrwKeepj put=ftpfile
 
@@ -10942,7 +11001,7 @@ fun! s:LocalListing()
 "    call Decho("exe NetrwKeepj put ='".pfile."'",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     sil! NetrwKeepj put=pfile
    endif
-"   call DechoBuf(bufnr("%"),"COMBAK#2")
+"   call DechoBuf(bufnr("%"),"bufnr(%)")
   endfor
 
   " cleanup any windows mess at end-of-line
@@ -11259,7 +11318,9 @@ fun! netrw#Expose(varname)
 "   call Dfunc("netrw#Expose(varname<".a:varname.">)")
   if exists("s:".a:varname)
    exe "let retval= s:".a:varname
+"   call Decho("retval=".retval,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    if exists("g:netrw_pchk")
+"    call Decho("type(g:netrw_pchk=".g:netrw_pchk.")=".type(retval),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     if type(retval) == 3
      let retval = copy(retval)
      let i      = 0
@@ -11268,10 +11329,13 @@ fun! netrw#Expose(varname)
       let i        = i + 1
      endwhile
     endif
-"     call Dret("netrw#Expose ".string(retval))
+"     call Dret("netrw#Expose ".string(retval)),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     return string(retval)
+   else
+"    call Decho("g:netrw_pchk doesn't exist",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    endif
   else
+"   call Decho("s:".a:varname." doesn't exist",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    let retval= "n/a"
   endif
 

runtime/autoload/netrw_gitignore.vim

@@ -18,61 +18,5 @@
 "               holder be liable for any damages resulting from the use
 "               of this software.
 function! netrw_gitignore#Hide(...)
-  let additional_files = a:000
-
-  let default_files = ['.gitignore', '.git/info/exclude']
-
-  " get existing global/system gitignore files
-  let global_gitignore = expand(substitute(system("git config --global core.excludesfile"), '\n', '', 'g'))
-  if global_gitignore !=# ''
-    let default_files = add(default_files, global_gitignore)
-  endif
-  let system_gitignore = expand(substitute(system("git config --system core.excludesfile"), '\n', '', 'g'))
-  if system_gitignore !=# ''
-    let default_files = add(default_files, system_gitignore)
-  endif
-
-  " append additional files if given as function arguments
-  if additional_files !=# []
-    let files = extend(default_files, additional_files)
-  else
-    let files = default_files
-  endif
-
-  " keep only existing/readable files
-  let gitignore_files = []
-  for file in files
-    if filereadable(file)
-      let gitignore_files = add(gitignore_files, file)
-    endif
-  endfor
-
-  " get contents of gitignore patterns from those files
-  let gitignore_lines = []
-  for file in gitignore_files
-    for line in readfile(file)
-      " filter empty lines and comments
-      if line !~# '^#' && line !~# '^$'
-        let gitignore_lines = add(gitignore_lines, line)
-      endif
-    endfor
-  endfor
-
-  " convert gitignore patterns to Netrw/Vim regex patterns
-  let escaped_lines = []
-  for line in gitignore_lines
-    let escaped = line
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\*\*', '*', 'g')
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\.', '\\.', 'g')
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\$', '\\$', 'g')
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '*', '.*', 'g')
-    " correction: dot, dollar and asterisks chars shouldn't be escaped when
-    " within regex matching groups.
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\(\[[^]]*\)\zs\\\.', '\.', 'g')
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\(\[[^]]*\)\zs\\\$', '\$', 'g')
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\(\[[^]]*\)\zs\.\*', '*', 'g')
-    let escaped_lines = add(escaped_lines, escaped)
-  endfor
-
-  return join(escaped_lines, ',')
+  return substitute(substitute(system('git ls-files --other --ignored --exclude-standard --directory'), '\n', ',', 'g'), ',$', '', '')
 endfunction

runtime/autoload/rubycomplete.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:		Mark Guzman <segfault@hasno.info>
 " URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		2019 Jan 06
+" Last Change:		2019 Feb 25
 " ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 "
 " Ruby IRB/Complete author: Keiju ISHITSUKA(keiju@ishitsuka.com)
@@ -53,6 +53,23 @@ if !exists("g:rubycomplete_include_objectspace")
 endif
 " }}} configuration failsafe initialization
 
+" {{{ regex patterns
+
+" Regex that defines the start-match for the 'end' keyword.
+let s:end_start_regex =
+      \ '\C\%(^\s*\|[=,*/%+\-|;{]\|<<\|>>\|:\s\)\s*\zs' .
+      \ '\<\%(module\|class\|if\|for\|while\|until\|case\|unless\|begin' .
+      \   '\|\%(\K\k*[!?]\?\s\+\)\=def\):\@!\>' .
+      \ '\|\%(^\|[^.:@$]\)\@<=\<do:\@!\>'
+
+" Regex that defines the middle-match for the 'end' keyword.
+let s:end_middle_regex = '\<\%(ensure\|else\|\%(\%(^\|;\)\s*\)\@<=\<rescue:\@!\>\|when\|elsif\):\@!\>'
+
+" Regex that defines the end-match for the 'end' keyword.
+let s:end_end_regex = '\%(^\|[^.:@$]\)\@<=\<end:\@!\>'
+
+" }}} regex patterns
+
 " {{{ vim-side support functions
 let s:rubycomplete_debug = 0
 
@@ -103,7 +120,7 @@ function! s:GetBufferRubyEntity( name, type, ... )
     endif
 
     let curpos = getpos(".")
-    let [enum,ecol] = searchpairpos( crex, '', '\(end\|}\)', 'W' )
+    let [enum,ecol] = searchpairpos( s:end_start_regex, s:end_middle_regex, s:end_end_regex, 'W' )
     call cursor(lastpos[1], lastpos[2])
 
     if lnum > enum
@@ -128,19 +145,28 @@ function! s:IsPosInClassDef(pos)
     return ret
 endfunction
 
+function! s:IsInComment(pos)
+    let stack = synstack(a:pos[0], a:pos[1])
+    if !empty(stack)
+        return synIDattr(stack[0], 'name') =~ 'ruby\%(.*Comment\|Documentation\)'
+    else
+        return 0
+    endif
+endfunction
+
 function! s:GetRubyVarType(v)
     let stopline = 1
     let vtp = ''
-    let pos = getpos('.')
+    let curpos = getpos('.')
     let sstr = '^\s*#\s*@var\s*'.escape(a:v, '*').'\>\s\+[^ \t]\+\s*$'
     let [lnum,lcol] = searchpos(sstr,'nb',stopline)
     if lnum != 0 && lcol != 0
-        call setpos('.',pos)
+        call setpos('.',curpos)
         let str = getline(lnum)
         let vtp = substitute(str,sstr,'\1','')
         return vtp
     endif
-    call setpos('.',pos)
+    call setpos('.',curpos)
     let ctors = '\(now\|new\|open\|get_instance'
     if exists('g:rubycomplete_rails') && g:rubycomplete_rails == 1 && s:rubycomplete_rails_loaded == 1
         let ctors = ctors.'\|find\|create'
@@ -150,9 +176,13 @@ function! s:GetRubyVarType(v)
 
     let fstr = '=\s*\([^ \t]\+.' . ctors .'\>\|[\[{"''/]\|%[xwQqr][(\[{@]\|[A-Za-z0-9@:\-()\.]\+...\?\|lambda\|&\)'
     let sstr = ''.escape(a:v, '*').'\>\s*[+\-*/]*'.fstr
-    let [lnum,lcol] = searchpos(sstr,'nb',stopline)
-    if lnum != 0 && lcol != 0
-        let str = matchstr(getline(lnum),fstr,lcol)
+    let pos = searchpos(sstr,'bW')
+    while pos != [0,0] && s:IsInComment(pos)
+        let pos = searchpos(sstr,'bW')
+    endwhile
+    if pos != [0,0]
+        let [lnum, col] = pos
+        let str = matchstr(getline(lnum),fstr,col)
         let str = substitute(str,'^=\s*','','')
 
         call setpos('.',pos)
@@ -174,7 +204,7 @@ function! s:GetRubyVarType(v)
         end
         return ''
     endif
-    call setpos('.',pos)
+    call setpos('.',curpos)
     return ''
 endfunction
 
@@ -671,11 +701,10 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
           methods.delete_if { |c| c.match( /'/ ) }
         end
 
-      when /^::([A-Z][^:\.\(]*)$/ # Absolute Constant or class methods
+      when /^::([A-Z][^:\.\(]*)?$/ # Absolute Constant or class methods
         dprint "const or cls"
         receiver = $1
-        methods = Object.constants
-        methods.grep(/^#{receiver}/).collect{|e| "::" + e}
+        methods = Object.constants.collect{ |c| c.to_s }.grep(/^#{receiver}/)
 
       when /^(((::)?[A-Z][^:.\(]*)+?)::?([^:.]*)$/ # Constant or class methods
         receiver = $1
@@ -684,13 +713,13 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
         load_buffer_class( receiver )
         load_buffer_module( receiver )
         begin
-          classes = eval("#{receiver}.constants")
-          #methods = eval("#{receiver}.methods")
+          constants = eval("#{receiver}.constants").collect{ |c| c.to_s }.grep(/^#{message}/)
+          methods = eval("#{receiver}.methods").collect{ |m| m.to_s }.grep(/^#{message}/)
         rescue Exception
           dprint "exception: %s" % $!
+          constants = []
           methods = []
         end
-        methods.grep(/^#{message}/).collect{|e| receiver + "::" + e}
 
       when /^(:[^:.]+)\.([^.]*)$/ # Symbol
         dprint "symbol"

runtime/autoload/tohtml.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim autoload file for the tohtml plugin.
 " Maintainer: Ben Fritz <fritzophrenic@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2018 Nov 11
+" Last Change: 2019 Aug 16
 "
 " Additional contributors:
 "
@@ -364,6 +364,7 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
   let body_line = ''
 
   let html = []
+  let s:html5 = 0
   if s:settings.use_xhtml
     call add(html, xml_line)
   endif
@@ -371,8 +372,9 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     call add(html, "<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\">")
     call add(html, '<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">')
   elseif s:settings.use_css && !s:settings.no_pre
-    call add(html, "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd\">")
+    call add(html, "<!DOCTYPE html>")
     call add(html, '<html>')
+    let s:html5 = 1
   else
     call add(html, '<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"')
     call add(html, '  "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">')
@@ -383,7 +385,11 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
   " include encoding as close to the top as possible, but only if not already
   " contained in XML information
   if s:settings.encoding != "" && !s:settings.use_xhtml
-    call add(html, "<meta http-equiv=\"content-type\" content=\"text/html; charset=" . s:settings.encoding . '"' . tag_close)
+    if s:html5
+      call add(html, '<meta charset="' . s:settings.encoding . '"' . tag_close)
+    else
+      call add(html, "<meta http-equiv=\"content-type\" content=\"text/html; charset=" . s:settings.encoding . '"' . tag_close)
+    endif
   endif
 
   call add(html, '<title>diff</title>')
@@ -392,6 +398,7 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
   call add(html, '<meta name="settings" content="'.
 	\ join(filter(keys(s:settings),'s:settings[v:val]'),',').
 	\ ',prevent_copy='.s:settings.prevent_copy.
+	\ ',use_input_for_pc='.s:settings.use_input_for_pc.
 	\ '"'.tag_close)
   call add(html, '<meta name="colorscheme" content="'.
 	\ (exists('g:colors_name')
@@ -400,16 +407,8 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
 
   call add(html, '</head>')
   let body_line_num = len(html)
-  if !empty(s:settings.prevent_copy)
-    call add(html, "<body onload='FixCharWidth();".(s:settings.line_ids ? " JumpToLine();" : "")."'>")
-    call add(html, "<!-- hidden divs used by javascript to get the width of a char -->")
-    call add(html, "<div id='oneCharWidth'>0</div>")
-    call add(html, "<div id='oneInputWidth'><input size='1' value='0'".tag_close."</div>")
-    call add(html, "<div id='oneEmWidth' style='width: 1em;'></div>")
-  else
-    call add(html, '<body'.(s:settings.line_ids ? ' onload="JumpToLine();"' : '').'>')
-  endif
-  call add(html, "<table border='1' width='100%' id='vimCodeElement".s:settings.id_suffix."'>")
+  call add(html, '<body'.(s:settings.line_ids ? ' onload="JumpToLine();"' : '').'>')
+  call add(html, "<table ".(s:settings.use_css? "" : "border='1' width='100%' ")."id='vimCodeElement".s:settings.id_suffix."'>")
 
   call add(html, '<tr>')
   for buf in a:win_list
@@ -443,7 +442,7 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     " Grab the style information. Some of this will be duplicated so only insert
     " it if it's not already there. {{{
     1
-    let style_start = search('^<style type="text/css">')
+    let style_start = search('^<style\( type="text/css"\)\?>')
     1
     let style_end = search('^</style>')
     if style_start > 0 && style_end > 0
@@ -481,7 +480,7 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     " TODO: restore using grabbed lines if undolevel is 1?
     normal! 2u
     if s:settings.use_css
-      call add(html, '<td valign="top"><div>')
+      call add(html, '<td><div>')
     elseif s:settings.use_xhtml
       call add(html, '<td nowrap="nowrap" valign="top"><div>')
     else
@@ -515,7 +514,13 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     let name = substitute(name, '\d*\.x\?html$', '', '') . i . '.' . fnamemodify(copy(name), ":t:e")
     let i += 1
   endwhile
+
+  let s:ei_sav = &eventignore
+  set eventignore+=FileType
   exe "topleft new " . name
+  let &eventignore=s:ei_sav
+  unlet s:ei_sav
+
   setlocal modifiable
 
   " just in case some user autocmd creates content in the new buffer, make sure
@@ -544,7 +549,7 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     " add required javascript in reverse order so we can just call append again
     " and again without adjusting {{{
 
-    let s:uses_script = s:settings.dynamic_folds || s:settings.line_ids || !empty(s:settings.prevent_copy)
+    let s:uses_script = s:settings.dynamic_folds || s:settings.line_ids
 
     " insert script closing tag if needed
     if s:uses_script
@@ -555,31 +560,6 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
 	    \ ])
     endif
 
-    " insert script which corrects the size of small input elements in
-    " prevent_copy mode. See 2html.vim for details on why this is needed and how
-    " it works.
-    if !empty(s:settings.prevent_copy)
-      call append(style_start, [
-	    \ '',
-	    \ '/* simulate a "ch" unit by asking the browser how big a zero character is */',
-	    \ 'function FixCharWidth() {',
-	    \ '  /* get the hidden element which gives the width of a single character */',
-	    \ '  var goodWidth = document.getElementById("oneCharWidth").clientWidth;',
-	    \ '  /* get all input elements, we''ll filter on class later */',
-	    \ '  var inputTags = document.getElementsByTagName("input");',
-	    \ '  var ratio = 5;',
-	    \ '  var inputWidth = document.getElementById("oneInputWidth").clientWidth;',
-	    \ '  var emWidth = document.getElementById("oneEmWidth").clientWidth;',
-	    \ '  if (inputWidth > goodWidth) {',
-	    \ '    while (ratio < 100*goodWidth/emWidth && ratio < 100) {',
-	    \ '      ratio += 5;',
-	    \ '    }',
-	    \ '    document.getElementById("vimCodeElement'.s:settings.id_suffix.'").className = "em"+ratio;',
-	    \ '  }',
-	    \ '}'
-	    \ ])
-    endif
-
     " insert javascript to get IDs from line numbers, and to open a fold before
     " jumping to any lines contained therein
     if s:settings.line_ids
@@ -659,10 +639,9 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     endif
 
     if s:uses_script
-      " insert script tag; javascript is always needed for the line number
-      " normalization for URL hashes
+      " insert script tag if needed
       call append(style_start, [
-	    \ "<script type='text/javascript'>",
+	    \ "<script" . (s:html5 ? "" : " type='text/javascript'") . ">",
 	    \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//<![CDATA[' : "<!--"])
     endif
 
@@ -673,11 +652,13 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     " is pretty useless for really long lines. {{{
     if s:settings.use_css
       call append(style_start,
-	    \ ['<style type="text/css">']+
+	    \ ['<style' . (s:html5 ? '' : 'type="text/css"') . '>']+
 	    \ style+
 	    \ [ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '' : '<!--',
 	    \   'table { table-layout: fixed; }',
 	    \   'html, body, table, tbody { width: 100%; margin: 0; padding: 0; }',
+	    \   'table, td, th { border: 1px solid; }',
+	    \   'td { vertical-align: top; }',
 	    \   'th, td { width: '.printf("%.1f",100.0/len(a:win_list)).'%; }',
 	    \   'td div { overflow: auto; }',
 	    \   s:settings.use_xhtml ? '' : '-->',
@@ -720,21 +701,22 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
     endif
 
     " get current option settings with appropriate defaults {{{
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,    'no_progress', !has("statusline") )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'diff_one_file', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'number_lines', &number )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,       'pre_wrap', &wrap )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,        'use_css', 1 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'ignore_conceal', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'ignore_folding', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'dynamic_folds', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'no_foldcolumn', user_settings.ignore_folding)
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'hover_unfold', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,         'no_pre', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,     'no_invalid', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'whole_filler', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'use_xhtml', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,       'line_ids', user_settings.number_lines )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,       'no_progress', !has("statusline") )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,     'diff_one_file', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'number_lines', &number )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,          'pre_wrap', &wrap )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,           'use_css', 1 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,    'ignore_conceal', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,    'ignore_folding', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,     'dynamic_folds', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,     'no_foldcolumn', user_settings.ignore_folding)
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'hover_unfold', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,            'no_pre', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,        'no_invalid', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'whole_filler', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,         'use_xhtml', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,          'line_ids', user_settings.number_lines )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'use_input_for_pc', 'fallback')
     " }}}
     
     " override those settings that need it {{{
@@ -868,6 +850,16 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
       let user_settings.no_invalid = 0
     endif
 
+    " enforce valid values for use_input_for_pc
+    if user_settings.use_input_for_pc !~# 'fallback\|none\|all'
+      let user_settings.use_input_for_pc = 'fallback'
+      echohl WarningMsg
+      echomsg '2html: "' . g:html_use_input_for_pc . '" is not valid for g:html_use_input_for_pc'
+      echomsg '2html: defaulting to "' . user_settings.use_input_for_pc . '"'
+      echohl None
+      sleep 3
+    endif
+
     if exists('g:html_id_expr')
       let user_settings.id_suffix = eval(g:html_id_expr)
       if user_settings.id_suffix !~ '^[-_:.A-Za-z0-9]*$'

runtime/autoload/xmlformat.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim plugin for formatting XML
-" Last Change: Thu, 07 Dec 2018
-"     Version: 0.1
+" Last Change: 2019 Oct 24
+"     Version: 0.2
 "      Author: Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
 "  Repository: https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-xml-ftplugin
 "     License: VIM License
@@ -22,44 +22,73 @@ func! xmlformat#Format()
     " do not fall back to internal formatting
     return 0
   endif
+  let count_orig = v:count
   let sw  = shiftwidth()
   let prev = prevnonblank(v:lnum-1)
   let s:indent = indent(prev)/sw
   let result = []
   let lastitem = prev ? getline(prev) : ''
   let is_xml_decl = 0
-  " split on `<`, but don't split on very first opening <
-  for item in split(join(getline(v:lnum, (v:lnum + v:count - 1))), '.\@<=[>]\zs')
-    if s:EndTag(item)
-      let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
-      call add(result, s:Indent(item))
-    elseif s:EmptyTag(lastitem)
-      call add(result, s:Indent(item))
-    elseif s:StartTag(lastitem) && s:IsTag(item)
-      let s:indent += 1
-      call add(result, s:Indent(item))
-     else
-       if !s:IsTag(item)
-         " Simply split on '<'
-         let t=split(item, '.<\@=\zs')
-         let s:indent+=1
-         call add(result, s:Indent(t[0]))
-         let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
-         call add(result, s:Indent(t[1]))
-       else
+  " go through every line, but don't join all content together and join it
+  " back. We might lose empty lines
+  let list = getline(v:lnum, (v:lnum + count_orig - 1))
+  let current = 0
+  for line in list
+    " Keep empty input lines?
+    if empty(line)
+      call add(result, '')
+      continue
+    elseif line !~# '<[/]\?[^>]*>'
+      let nextmatch = match(list, '<[/]\?[^>]*>', current)
+      let line .= join(list[(current + 1):(nextmatch-1)], "\n")
+      call remove(list, current+1, nextmatch-1)
+    endif
+    " split on `>`, but don't split on very first opening <
+    " this means, items can be like ['<tag>', 'tag content</tag>']
+    for item in split(line, '.\@<=[>]\zs')
+      if s:EndTag(item)
+        let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
         call add(result, s:Indent(item))
+      elseif s:EmptyTag(lastitem)
+        call add(result, s:Indent(item))
+      elseif s:StartTag(lastitem) && s:IsTag(item)
+        let s:indent += 1
+        call add(result, s:Indent(item))
+      else
+        if !s:IsTag(item)
+          " Simply split on '<', if there is one,
+          " but reformat according to &textwidth
+          let t=split(item, '.<\@=\zs')
+          " t should only contain 2 items, but just be safe here
+          if s:IsTag(lastitem)
+            let s:indent+=1
+          endif
+          let result+=s:FormatContent([t[0]])
+          if s:EndTag(t[1])
+            let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
+          endif
+          "for y in t[1:]
+            let result+=s:FormatContent(t[1:])
+          "endfor
+        else
+          call add(result, s:Indent(item))
+        endif
       endif
-     endif
-     let lastitem = item
-   endfor
+      let lastitem = item
+    endfor
+    let current += 1
+  endfor
 
-   if !empty(result)
-    exe v:lnum. ",". (v:lnum + v:count - 1). 'd'
+  if !empty(result)
+    let lastprevline = getline(v:lnum + count_orig)
+    let delete_lastline = v:lnum + count_orig - 1 == line('$')
+    exe v:lnum. ",". (v:lnum + count_orig - 1). 'd'
     call append(v:lnum - 1, result)
     " Might need to remove the last line, if it became empty because of the
     " append() call
     let last = v:lnum + len(result)
-    if getline(last) is ''
+    " do not use empty(), it returns true for `empty(0)`
+    if getline(last) is '' && lastprevline is '' && delete_lastline
       exe last. 'd'
     endif
   endif
@@ -88,6 +117,7 @@ func! s:StartTag(tag)
   let is_comment = s:IsComment(a:tag)
   return a:tag =~? '^\s*<[^/?]' && !is_comment
 endfunc
+" Check if tag is a Comment start {{{1
 func! s:IsComment(tag)
   return a:tag =~? '<!--'
 endfunc
@@ -108,6 +138,43 @@ endfunc
 func! s:EmptyTag(tag)
   return a:tag =~ '/>\s*$'
 endfunc
+" Format input line according to textwidth {{{1
+func! s:FormatContent(list)
+  let result=[]
+  let limit = 80
+  if &textwidth > 0
+    let limit = &textwidth
+  endif
+  let column=0
+  let idx = -1
+  let add_indent = 0
+  let cnt = 0
+  for item in a:list
+    for word in split(item, '\s\+\S\+\zs') 
+      let column += strdisplaywidth(word, column)
+      if match(word, "^\\s*\n\\+\\s*$") > -1
+        call add(result, '')
+        let idx += 1
+        let column = 0
+        let add_indent = 1
+      elseif column > limit || cnt == 0
+        let add = s:Indent(s:Trim(word))
+        call add(result, add)
+        let column = strdisplaywidth(add)
+        let idx += 1
+      else
+        if add_indent
+          let result[idx] = s:Indent(s:Trim(word))
+        else
+          let result[idx] .= ' '. s:Trim(word)
+        endif
+        let add_indent = 0
+      endif
+      let cnt += 1
+    endfor
+  endfor
+  return result
+endfunc
 " Restoration And Modelines: {{{1
 let &cpo= s:keepcpo
 unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/defaults.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " The default vimrc file.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last change:	2019 Feb 18
+" Last change:	2019 Oct 27
 "
 " This is loaded if no vimrc file was found.
 " Except when Vim is run with "-u NONE" or "-C".
@@ -75,8 +75,14 @@ inoremap <C-U> <C-G>u<C-U>
 
 " In many terminal emulators the mouse works just fine.  By enabling it you
 " can position the cursor, Visually select and scroll with the mouse.
+" Only xterm can grab the mouse events when using the shift key, for other
+" terminals use ":", select text and press Esc.
 if has('mouse')
-  set mouse=a
+  if &term =~ 'xterm'
+    set mouse=a
+  else
+    set mouse=nvi
+  endif
 endif
 
 " Switch syntax highlighting on when the terminal has colors or when using the

runtime/delmenu.vim

@@ -2,30 +2,31 @@
 " Warning: This also deletes all menus defined by the user!
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2019 Sep 11
+" Last Change:	2019 Dec 10
 
 aunmenu *
 tlunmenu *
 
-silent! unlet did_install_default_menus
-silent! unlet did_install_syntax_menu
-if exists("did_menu_trans")
+unlet! g:did_install_default_menus
+unlet! g:did_install_syntax_menu
+
+if exists('g:did_menu_trans')
   menutrans clear
-  unlet did_menu_trans
+  unlet g:did_menu_trans
 endif
 
-silent! unlet find_help_dialog
+unlet! g:find_help_dialog
 
-silent! unlet menutrans_help_dialog
-silent! unlet menutrans_path_dialog
-silent! unlet menutrans_tags_dialog
-silent! unlet menutrans_textwidth_dialog
-silent! unlet menutrans_fileformat_dialog
-silent! unlet menutrans_fileformat_choices
-silent! unlet menutrans_no_file
-silent! unlet menutrans_set_lang_to
-silent! unlet menutrans_spell_change_ARG_to
-silent! unlet menutrans_spell_add_ARG_to_word_list
-silent! unlet menutrans_spell_ignore_ARG
+unlet! g:menutrans_fileformat_choices
+unlet! g:menutrans_fileformat_dialog
+unlet! g:menutrans_help_dialog
+unlet! g:menutrans_no_file
+unlet! g:menutrans_path_dialog
+unlet! g:menutrans_set_lang_to
+unlet! g:menutrans_spell_add_ARG_to_word_list
+unlet! g:menutrans_spell_change_ARG_to
+unlet! g:menutrans_spell_ignore_ARG
+unlet! g:menutrans_tags_dialog
+unlet! g:menutrans_textwidth_dialog
 
 " vim: set sw=2 :

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -323,7 +323,10 @@ all: tags vim.man evim.man vimdiff.man vimtutor.man xxd.man $(CONVERTED)
 # Use Vim to generate the tags file.  Can only be used when Vim has been
 # compiled and installed.  Supports multiple languages.
 vimtags: $(DOCS)
-	$(VIMEXE) -u NONE -esX -c "helptags ++t ." -c quit
+	@if command -v $(VIMEXE); then \
+	    $(VIMEXE) --clean -eX -u doctags.vim >/dev/null && \
+	      echo "help tags updated"; \
+	  else echo "vim executable $(VIMEXE) not found; help tags not updated"; fi
 
 # Use "doctags" to generate the tags file.  Only works for English!
 tags: doctags $(DOCS)

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -268,7 +268,6 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |BufCreate|		just after adding a buffer to the buffer list
 |BufDelete|		before deleting a buffer from the buffer list
 |BufWipeout|		before completely deleting a buffer
-|TerminalOpen|		after a terminal buffer was created
 
 |BufFilePre|		before changing the name of the current buffer
 |BufFilePost|		after changing the name of the current buffer
@@ -302,6 +301,10 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |VimLeavePre|		before exiting Vim, before writing the viminfo file
 |VimLeave|		before exiting Vim, after writing the viminfo file
 
+	Terminal
+|TerminalOpen|		after a terminal buffer was created
+|TerminalWinOpen|	after a terminal buffer was created in a new window
+
 	Various
 |FileChangedShell|	Vim notices that a file changed since editing started
 |FileChangedShellPost|	After handling a file changed since editing started
@@ -1081,6 +1084,12 @@ TerminalOpen			Just after a terminal buffer was created, with
 				`:terminal` or |term_start()|. This event is
 				triggered even if the buffer is created
 				without a window, with the ++hidden option.
+							*TerminalWinOpen*
+TerminalWinOpen			Just after a terminal buffer was created, with
+				`:terminal` or |term_start()|. This event is
+				triggered only if the buffer is created
+				with a window.  Can be used to set window
+				local options for the terminal window.
 							*TermResponse*
 TermResponse			After the response to |t_RV| is received from
 				the terminal.  The value of |v:termresponse|

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 21
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -999,9 +999,13 @@ inside of strings can change!  Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
 			delete and yank) ({.%#:} only work with put).
 
 							*:reg* *:registers*
-:reg[isters]		Display the contents of all numbered and named
-			registers.  If a register is written to for |:redir|
-			it will not be listed.
+:reg[isters]		Display the type and contents of all numbered and
+			named registers.  If a register is written to for
+			|:redir| it will not be listed.
+			Type can be one of:
+			"c"	for |characterwise| text
+			"l"	for |linewise| text
+			"b"	for |blockwise-visual| text
 
 
 :reg[isters] {arg}	Display the contents of the numbered and named
@@ -1172,7 +1176,7 @@ Rationale:	In Vi the "y" command followed by a backwards motion would
 With a linewise yank command the cursor is put in the first line, but the
 column is unmodified, thus it may not be on the first yanked character.
 
-There are ten types of registers:			*registers* *E354*
+There are ten types of registers:		*registers* *{register}* *E354*
 1. The unnamed register ""
 2. 10 numbered registers "0 to "9
 3. The small delete register "-
@@ -1312,7 +1316,7 @@ When writing to this register, nothing happens.  This can be used to delete
 text without affecting the normal registers.  When reading from this register,
 nothing is returned.
 
-10. Last search pattern register	"/			*quote_/* *quote/*
+10. Last search pattern register	"/		*quote_/* *quote/*
 Contains the most recent search-pattern.  This is used for "n" and 'hlsearch'.
 It is writable with `:let`, you can change it to have 'hlsearch' highlight
 other matches without actually searching.  You can't yank or delete into this
@@ -1618,8 +1622,6 @@ By default, "b:#" is included.  This means that a line that starts with
 "#include" is not recognized as a comment line.  But a line that starts with
 "# define" is recognized.  This is a compromise.
 
-{not available when compiled without the |+comments| feature}
-
 							*fo-table*
 You can use the 'formatoptions' option  to influence how Vim formats text.
 'formatoptions' is a string that can contain any of the letters below.  The

runtime/doc/channel.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 11
+*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ ch_open() fails quickly.  On MS-Windows "waittime" applies.
 *E898* *E901* *E902*
 
 If there is an error reading or writing a channel it will be closed.
-*E630* *E631* 
+*E630* *E631*
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. Using a JSON or JS channel					*channel-use*
@@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ handle that separately, add an "err_cb" handler: >
 
 If you want to handle both stderr and stdout with one handler use the
 "callback" option: >
-    let job = job_start(command, {"callback": "MyHandler"}) 
+    let job = job_start(command, {"callback": "MyHandler"})
 
 Depending on the system, starting a job can put Vim in the background, the
 started job gets the focus.  To avoid that, use the `foreground()` function.

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 04
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -77,10 +77,17 @@ CTRL-V		Insert next non-digit literally.  Up to three digits form the
 		way as in Insert mode (see above, |i_CTRL-V|).
 		Note: Under Windows CTRL-V is often mapped to paste text.
 		Use CTRL-Q instead then.
+		When |modifyOtherKeys| is enabled then special Escape sequence
+		is converted back to what it was without |modifyOtherKeys|,
+		unless the Shift key is also pressed.
 							*c_CTRL-Q*
 CTRL-Q		Same as CTRL-V.  But with some terminals it is used for
 		control flow, it doesn't work then.
 
+CTRL-SHIFT-V				*c_CTRL-SHIFT-V* *c_CTRL-SHIFT-Q*
+CTRL-SHIFT-Q	Works just like CTRL-V, unless |modifyOtherKeys| is active,
+		then it inserts the Escape sequence for a key with modifiers.
+
 							*c_<Left>* *c_Left*
 <Left>		cursor left
 							*c_<Right>* *c_Right*
@@ -129,7 +136,7 @@ CTRL-K {char1} {char2}					*c_CTRL-K*
 		enter digraph (see |digraphs|).  When {char1} is a special
 		key, the code for that key is inserted in <> form.
 
-CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#:-=.}					*c_CTRL-R* *c_<C-R>*
+CTRL-R {register}					*c_CTRL-R* *c_<C-R>*
 		Insert the contents of a numbered or named register.  Between
 		typing CTRL-R and the second character '"' will be displayed
 		to indicate that you are expected to enter the name of a
@@ -191,8 +198,8 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-L				*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-L* *c_<C-R>_<C-L>*
 
 					*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R* *c_<C-R>_<C-R>*
 					*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-O* *c_<C-R>_<C-O>*
-CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#:-=. CTRL-F CTRL-P CTRL-W CTRL-A CTRL-L}
-CTRL-R CTRL-O {0-9a-z"%#:-=. CTRL-F CTRL-P CTRL-W CTRL-A CTRL-L}
+CTRL-R CTRL-R {register CTRL-F CTRL-P CTRL-W CTRL-A CTRL-L}
+CTRL-R CTRL-O {register CTRL-F CTRL-P CTRL-W CTRL-A CTRL-L}
 		Insert register or object under the cursor.  Works like
 		|c_CTRL-R| but inserts the text literally.  For example, if
 		register a contains "xy^Hz" (where ^H is a backspace),

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 05
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -195,10 +195,14 @@ problems for existing patches.  Only use them for new and changed code.
 
 Comments ~
 
-Traditionally Vim uses /* comments */.  We intend to keep it that way,
-especially for file and function headers.  For new code or lines of code that
-change, it is allowed to use // comments.  Especially when it comes after
-code:
+Traditionally Vim uses /* comments */.  We intend to keep it that way
+for file and function headers and larger blocks of code, E.g.:
+	/*
+	 * The "foo" argument does something useful.
+	 * Return OK or FAIL.
+	 */
+For new code or lines of code that change, it is preferred to use // comments.
+Especially when it comes after code:
 	int some_var;  // single line comment useful here
 
 Enums ~

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 27
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -68,11 +68,12 @@ reset to the global value.
 The options can still be overruled from a modeline when re-editing the file.
 However, 'foldmethod' and 'wrap' won't be set from a modeline when 'diff' is
 set.
+See `:diffoff` for an easy way to revert the options.
 
 The differences shown are actually the differences in the buffer.  Thus if you
 make changes after loading a file, these will be included in the displayed
 diffs.  You might have to do ":diffupdate" now and then, not all changes are
-immediately taken into account.
+immediately taken into account, especially when using an external diff command.
 
 In your .vimrc file you could do something special when Vim was started in
 diff mode.  You could use a construct like this: >

runtime/doc/doctags.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+" This script makes a tags file for help text.
+"
+" Usage: vim -eX -u doctags.vim
+
+helptags ++t .
+qa!

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 10
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ Do this before writing the file.  When reading an encrypted file it will be
 set automatically to the method used when that file was written.  You can
 change 'cryptmethod' before writing that file to change the method.
 
-To set the default method, used for new files, use this in your |vimrc| 
+To set the default method, used for new files, use this in your |vimrc|
 file: >
 	set cm=blowfish2
 Using "blowfish2" is highly recommended.  Only use another method if you
@@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ focus.
 If you want to automatically reload a file when it has been changed outside of
 Vim, set the 'autoread' option.  This doesn't work at the moment you write the
 file though, only when the file wasn't changed inside of Vim.
-
+							*ignore-timestamp*
 If you do not want to be asked or automatically reload the file, you can use
 this: >
 	set buftype=nofile

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 26
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -42,7 +42,8 @@ Profiling is documented at |profiling|.
 						*E712* *E896* *E897* *E899*
 There are ten types of variables:
 
-Number		A 32 or 64 bit signed number.  |expr-number| *Number*
+							*Number* *Integer*
+Number		A 32 or 64 bit signed number.  |expr-number|
 		64-bit Numbers are available only when compiled with the
 		|+num64| feature.
 		Examples:  -123  0x10  0177  0b1011
@@ -488,7 +489,7 @@ as a key.
 To avoid having to put quotes around every key the #{} form can be used.  This
 does require the key to consist only of ASCII letters, digits, '-' and '_'.
 Example: >
-	let mydict = #{zero: 0, one_key: 1, two-key: 2, 333: 3}
+	:let mydict = #{zero: 0, one_key: 1, two-key: 2, 333: 3}
 Note that 333 here is the string "333".  Empty keys are not possible with #{}.
 
 A value can be any expression.  Using a Dictionary for a value creates a
@@ -1662,6 +1663,10 @@ PREDEFINED VIM VARIABLES			*vim-variable* *v:var* *v:*
 								*E963*
 Some variables can be set by the user, but the type cannot be changed.
 
+					*v:argv* *argv-variable*
+v:argv		The command line arguments Vim was invoked with.  This is a
+		list of strings.  The first item is the Vim command.
+
 					*v:beval_col* *beval_col-variable*
 v:beval_col	The number of the column, over which the mouse pointer is.
 		This is the byte index in the |v:beval_lnum| line.
@@ -2476,6 +2481,7 @@ getline({lnum})			String	line {lnum} of current buffer
 getline({lnum}, {end})		List	lines {lnum} to {end} of current buffer
 getloclist({nr} [, {what}])	List	list of location list items
 getmatches([{win}])		List	list of current matches
+getmousepos()			Dict	last known mouse position
 getpid()			Number	process ID of Vim
 getpos({expr})			List	position of cursor, mark, etc.
 getqflist([{what}])		List	list of quickfix items
@@ -2526,6 +2532,7 @@ inputrestore()			Number	restore typeahead
 inputsave()			Number	save and clear typeahead
 inputsecret({prompt} [, {text}]) String	like input() but hiding the text
 insert({object}, {item} [, {idx}]) List	insert {item} in {object} [before {idx}]
+interrupt()			none	interrupt script execution
 invert({expr})			Number	bitwise invert
 isdirectory({directory})	Number	|TRUE| if {directory} is a directory
 isinf({expr})			Number	determine if {expr} is infinity value
@@ -2642,6 +2649,7 @@ pumvisible()			Number	whether popup menu is visible
 pyeval({expr})			any	evaluate |Python| expression
 py3eval({expr})			any	evaluate |python3| expression
 pyxeval({expr})			any	evaluate |python_x| expression
+rand([{expr}])			Number	get pseudo-random number
 range({expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]])
 				List	items from {expr} to {max}
 readdir({dir} [, {expr}])	List	file names in {dir} selected by {expr}
@@ -2662,7 +2670,7 @@ remote_read({serverid} [, {timeout}])
 remote_send({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
 				String	send key sequence
 remote_startserver({name})	none	become server {name}
-remove({list}, {idx} [, {end}])	any/List 
+remove({list}, {idx} [, {end}])	any/List
 					remove items {idx}-{end} from {list}
 remove({blob}, {idx} [, {end}])	Number/Blob
 					remove bytes {idx}-{end} from {blob}
@@ -2755,6 +2763,7 @@ spellsuggest({word} [, {max} [, {capital}]])
 split({expr} [, {pat} [, {keepempty}]])
 				List	make |List| from {pat} separated {expr}
 sqrt({expr})			Float	square root of {expr}
+srand([{expr}])			List	get seed for |rand()|
 state([{what}])			String	current state of Vim
 str2float({expr})		Float	convert String to Float
 str2list({expr} [, {utf8}])	List	convert each character of {expr} to
@@ -2765,7 +2774,7 @@ strchars({expr} [, {skipcc}])	Number	character length of the String {expr}
 strcharpart({str}, {start} [, {len}])
 				String	{len} characters of {str} at {start}
 strdisplaywidth({expr} [, {col}]) Number display length of the String {expr}
-strftime({format} [, {time}])	String	time in specified format
+strftime({format} [, {time}])	String	format time with a specified format
 strgetchar({str}, {index})	Number	get char {index} from {str}
 stridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])
 				Number	index of {needle} in {haystack}
@@ -2773,6 +2782,8 @@ string({expr})			String	String representation of {expr} value
 strlen({expr})			Number	length of the String {expr}
 strpart({str}, {start} [, {len}])
 				String	{len} characters of {str} at {start}
+strptime({format}, {timestring})
+				Number	Convert {timestring} to unix timestamp
 strridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])
 				Number	last index of {needle} in {haystack}
 strtrans({expr})		String	translate string to make it printable
@@ -2880,7 +2891,7 @@ win_id2tabwin({expr})		List	get tab and window nr from window ID
 win_id2win({expr})		Number	get window nr from window ID
 win_screenpos({nr})		List	get screen position of window {nr}
 win_splitmove({nr}, {target} [, {options}])
-				none	move window {nr} to split of {target}
+				Number	move window {nr} to split of {target}
 winbufnr({nr})			Number	buffer number of window {nr}
 wincol()			Number	window column of the cursor
 winheight({nr})			Number	height of window {nr}
@@ -2974,6 +2985,9 @@ append({lnum}, {text})					*append()*
 appendbufline({expr}, {lnum}, {text})			*appendbufline()*
 		Like |append()| but append the text in buffer {expr}.
 
+		This function works only for loaded buffers. First call
+		|bufload()| if needed.
+
 		For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()|.
 
 		{lnum} is used like with |append()|.  Note that using |line()|
@@ -3031,6 +3045,7 @@ argv([{nr} [, {winid}])
 		the whole |arglist| is returned.
 
 		The {winid} argument specifies the window ID, see |argc()|.
+		For the Vim command line arguments see |v:argv|.
 
 
 assert_ functions are documented here: |assert-functions-details|
@@ -3540,8 +3555,8 @@ complete({startcol}, {matches})			*complete()* *E785*
 <		This isn't very useful, but it shows how it works.  Note that
 		an empty string is returned to avoid a zero being inserted.
 
-		Can also be used as a |method|, the second argument is passed
-		in: >
+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
+		second argument: >
 			GetMatches()->complete(col('.'))
 
 complete_add({expr})				*complete_add()*
@@ -3676,7 +3691,7 @@ confirm({msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|in: >
 			BuildMessage()->confirm("&Yes\n&No")
-
+<
 							*copy()*
 copy({expr})	Make a copy of {expr}.  For Numbers and Strings this isn't
 		different from using {expr} directly.
@@ -3871,6 +3886,9 @@ deletebufline({expr}, {first} [, {last}])		*deletebufline()*
 		If {last} is omitted then delete line {first} only.
 		On success 0 is returned, on failure 1 is returned.
 
+		This function works only for loaded buffers. First call
+		|bufload()| if needed.
+
 		For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
 
 		{first} and {last} are used like with |getline()|. Note that
@@ -3879,7 +3897,7 @@ deletebufline({expr}, {first} [, {last}])		*deletebufline()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBuffer()->deletebufline(1)
-
+<
 							*did_filetype()*
 did_filetype()	Returns |TRUE| when autocommands are being executed and the
 		FileType event has been triggered at least once.  Can be used
@@ -4040,7 +4058,7 @@ exepath({expr})						*exepath()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetCommand()->exepath()
-
+<
 							*exists()*
 exists({expr})	The result is a Number, which is |TRUE| if {expr} is defined,
 		zero otherwise.
@@ -4236,8 +4254,8 @@ expandcmd({expr})					*expandcmd()*
 		Expand special items in {expr} like what is done for an Ex
 		command such as `:edit`.  This expands special keywords, like
 		with |expand()|, and environment variables, anywhere in
-		{expr}.  Returns the expanded string.
-		Example: >
+		{expr}.  "~user" and "~/path" are only expanded at the start.
+		Returns the expanded string.  Example: >
 			:echo expandcmd('make %<.o')
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
@@ -4566,7 +4584,7 @@ foldlevel({lnum})					*foldlevel()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetLnum()->foldlevel()
-
+<
 							*foldtext()*
 foldtext()	Returns a String, to be displayed for a closed fold.  This is
 		the default function used for the 'foldtext' option and should
@@ -4772,6 +4790,10 @@ getbufinfo([{dict}])
 			changed		TRUE if the buffer is modified.
 			changedtick	number of changes made to the buffer.
 			hidden		TRUE if the buffer is hidden.
+			lastused	timestamp in seconds, like
+					|localtime()|, when the buffer was
+					last used.
+					{only with the |+viminfo| feature}
 			listed		TRUE if the buffer is listed.
 			lnum		current line number in buffer.
 			loaded		TRUE if the buffer is loaded.
@@ -4903,8 +4925,9 @@ getchar([expr])						*getchar()*
 
 		When the user clicks a mouse button, the mouse event will be
 		returned.  The position can then be found in |v:mouse_col|,
-		|v:mouse_lnum|, |v:mouse_winid| and |v:mouse_win|.  This
-		example positions the mouse as it would normally happen: >
+		|v:mouse_lnum|, |v:mouse_winid| and |v:mouse_win|.
+		|getmousepos()| can also be used.  This example positions the
+		mouse as it would normally happen: >
 			let c = getchar()
 			if c == "\<LeftMouse>" && v:mouse_win > 0
 			  exe v:mouse_win . "wincmd w"
@@ -5314,6 +5337,35 @@ getmatches([{win}])					*getmatches()*
 			'pattern': 'FIXME', 'priority': 10, 'id': 2}] >
 			:unlet m
 <
+getmousepos()						*getmousepos()*
+		Returns a Dictionary with the last known position of the
+		mouse.  This can be used in a mapping for a mouse click or in
+		a filter of a popup window.  The items are:
+			screenrow	screen row
+			screencol	screen column
+			winid		Window ID of the click
+			winrow		row inside "winid"
+			wincol		column inside "winid"
+			line		text line inside "winid"
+			column		text column inside "winid"
+		All numbers are 1-based.
+
+		If not over a window, e.g. when in the command line, then only
+		"screenrow" and "screencol" are valid, the others are zero.
+
+		When on the status line below a window or the vertical
+		separater right of a window, the "line" and "column" values
+		are zero.
+
+		When the position is after the text then "column" is the
+		length of the text in bytes.
+
+		If the mouse is over a popup window then that window is used.
+
+
+		When using |getchar()| the Vim variables |v:mouse_lnum|,
+		|v:mouse_col| and |v:mouse_winid| also provide these values.
+
 							*getpid()*
 getpid()	Return a Number which is the process ID of the Vim process.
 		On Unix and MS-Windows this is a unique number, until Vim
@@ -5588,7 +5640,7 @@ getwininfo([{winid}])					*getwininfo()*
 			terminal	1 if a terminal window
 					{only with the +terminal feature}
 			tabnr		tab page number
-			topline		first displayed buffer line 
+			topline		first displayed buffer line
 			variables	a reference to the dictionary with
 					window-local variables
 			width		window width
@@ -5606,7 +5658,7 @@ getwininfo([{winid}])					*getwininfo()*
 
 getwinpos([{timeout}])					*getwinpos()*
 		The result is a list with two numbers, the result of
-		getwinposx() and getwinposy() combined:
+		|getwinposx()| and |getwinposy()| combined:
 			[x-pos, y-pos]
 		{timeout} can be used to specify how long to wait in msec for
 		a response from the terminal.  When omitted 100 msec is used.
@@ -5848,7 +5900,7 @@ histadd({history}, {item})				*histadd()*
 			:let date=input("Enter date: ")
 <		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 
-		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is used for the
+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
 		second argument: >
 			GetHistory()->histadd('search')
 
@@ -6133,6 +6185,19 @@ insert({object}, {item} [, {idx}])			*insert()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mylist->insert(item)
 
+interrupt()						*interrupt()*
+		Interrupt script execution.  It works more or less like the
+		user typing CTRL-C, most commands won't execute and control
+		returns to the user.  This is useful to abort execution
+		from lower down, e.g. in an autocommand.  Example: >
+		:function s:check_typoname(file)
+		:   if fnamemodify(a:file, ':t') == '['
+		:       echomsg 'Maybe typo'
+		:       call interrupt()
+		:   endif
+		:endfunction
+		:au BufWritePre * call s:check_typoname(expand('<amatch>'))
+
 invert({expr})						*invert()*
 		Bitwise invert.  The argument is converted to a number.  A
 		List, Dict or Float argument causes an error.  Example: >
@@ -6376,8 +6441,8 @@ libcall({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})
 		Examples: >
 			:echo libcall("libc.so", "getenv", "HOME")
 
-<		Can also be used as a |method|, where the base is passed as
-		the argument to the called function: >
+<		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
+		third argument: >
 			GetValue()->libcall("libc.so", "getenv")
 <
 							*libcallnr()*
@@ -6391,8 +6456,8 @@ libcallnr({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})
 			:call libcallnr("libc.so", "printf", "Hello World!\n")
 			:call libcallnr("libc.so", "sleep", 10)
 <
-		Can also be used as a |method|, where the base is passed as
-		the argument to the called function: >
+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
+		third argument: >
 			GetValue()->libcallnr("libc.so", "printf")
 <
 
@@ -6486,8 +6551,8 @@ listener_add({callback} [, {buf}])			*listener_add()*
 		    a:bufnr	the buffer that was changed
 		    a:start	first changed line number
 		    a:end	first line number below the change
-		    a:added	total number of lines added, negative if lines
-				were deleted
+		    a:added	number of lines added, negative if lines were
+				deleted
 		    a:changes	a List of items with details about the changes
 
 		Example: >
@@ -6543,8 +6608,8 @@ listener_add({callback} [, {buf}])			*listener_add()*
 		The {callback} is also not invoked when the buffer is
 		unloaded, use the |BufUnload| autocmd event for that.
 
-		Can also be used as a |method|, where the base is passed as
-		the second argument, the buffer: >
+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
+		second argument: >
 			GetBuffer()->listener_add(callback)
 
 listener_flush([{buf}])					*listener_flush()*
@@ -6568,7 +6633,7 @@ listener_remove({id})					*listener_remove()*
 
 localtime()						*localtime()*
 		Return the current time, measured as seconds since 1st Jan
-		1970.  See also |strftime()| and |getftime()|.
+		1970.  See also |strftime()|, |strptime()| and |getftime()|.
 
 
 log({expr})						*log()*
@@ -7014,6 +7079,7 @@ matchstrpos({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])		*matchstrpos()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetText()->matchstrpos('word')
+<
 							*max()*
 max({expr})	Return the maximum value of all items in {expr}.
 		{expr} can be a list or a dictionary.  For a dictionary,
@@ -7056,9 +7122,9 @@ mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
 
 		There is no error if the directory already exists and the "p"
 		flag is passed (since patch 8.0.1708).  However, without the
-		"p" option the call will fail.  
+		"p" option the call will fail.
 
-		The function result is a Number, which is 1 if the call was 
+		The function result is a Number, which is 1 if the call was
 		successful or 0 if the directory creation failed or partly
 		failed.
 
@@ -7499,7 +7565,7 @@ pum_getpos()						*pum_getpos()*
 			row		top screen row (0 first row)
 			col		leftmost screen column (0 first col)
 			size		total nr of items
-			scrollbar	|TRUE| if visible
+			scrollbar	|TRUE| if scrollbar is visible
 
 		The values are the same as in |v:event| during
 		|CompleteChanged|.
@@ -7574,6 +7640,21 @@ range({expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]])				*range()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetExpr()->range()
 <
+
+rand([{expr}])						*rand()*
+		Return a pseudo-random Number generated with an xoshiro128**
+		algorithm using seed {expr}.  The returned number is 32 bits,
+		also on 64 bits systems, for consistency.
+		{expr} can be initialized by |srand()| and will be updated by
+		rand().  If {expr} is omitted, an internal seed value is used
+		and updated.
+
+		Examples: >
+			:echo rand()
+			:let seed = srand()
+			:echo rand(seed)
+			:echo rand(seed) % 16  " random number 0 - 15
+<
 							*readdir()*
 readdir({directory} [, {expr}])
 		Return a list with file and directory names in {directory}.
@@ -8270,20 +8351,31 @@ serverlist()					*serverlist()*
 			:echo serverlist()
 <
 setbufline({expr}, {lnum}, {text})			*setbufline()*
-		Set line {lnum} to {text} in buffer {expr}.  To insert
-		lines use |append()|.  Any text properties in {lnum} are
-		cleared.
+		Set line {lnum} to {text} in buffer {expr}.  This works like
+		|setline()| for the specified buffer.
+
+		This function works only for loaded buffers. First call
+		|bufload()| if needed.
+
+		To insert lines use |appendbufline()|.
+		Any text properties in {lnum} are cleared.
+
+		{text} can be a string to set one line, or a list of strings
+		to set multiple lines.  If the list extends below the last
+		line then those lines are added.
 
 		For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
 
 		{lnum} is used like with |setline()|.
-		This works like |setline()| for the specified buffer.
+		When {lnum} is just below the last line the {text} will be
+		added below the last line.
 
 		When {expr} is not a valid buffer, the buffer is not loaded or
 		{lnum} is not valid then 1 is returned.  On success 0 is
 		returned.
 
-		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
+		third argument: >
 			GetText()->setbufline(buf, lnum)
 
 setbufvar({expr}, {varname}, {val})			*setbufvar()*
@@ -8299,7 +8391,8 @@ setbufvar({expr}, {varname}, {val})			*setbufvar()*
 			:call setbufvar("todo", "myvar", "foobar")
 <		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 
-		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
+		third argument: >
 			GetValue()->setbufvar(buf, varname)
 
 setcharsearch({dict})					*setcharsearch()*
@@ -8348,7 +8441,8 @@ setenv({name}, {val})						*setenv()*
 		When {val} is |v:null| the environment variable is deleted.
 		See also |expr-env|.
 
-		Can also be used as a |method|, passing the value as the base: >
+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
+		second argument: >
 			GetPath()->setenv('PATH')
 
 setfperm({fname}, {mode})				*setfperm()* *chmod*
@@ -8379,7 +8473,7 @@ setline({lnum}, {text})					*setline()*
 
 		{lnum} is used like with |getline()|.
 		When {lnum} is just below the last line the {text} will be
-		added as a new line.
+		added below the last line.
 
 		If this succeeds, 0 is returned.  If this fails (most likely
 		because {lnum} is invalid) 1 is returned.
@@ -8397,7 +8491,8 @@ setline({lnum}, {text})					*setline()*
 
 <		Note: The '[ and '] marks are not set.
 
-		Can also be used as a |method|, passing the text as the base: >
+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
+		second argument: >
 			GetText()->setline(lnum)
 
 setloclist({nr}, {list} [, {action} [, {what}]])		*setloclist()*
@@ -8646,7 +8741,8 @@ settabvar({tabnr}, {varname}, {val})			*settabvar()*
 		Tabs are numbered starting with one.
 		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 
-		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is used as the value: >
+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
+		third argument: >
 			GetValue()->settabvar(tab, name)
 
 settabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname}, {val})	*settabwinvar()*
@@ -8667,7 +8763,8 @@ settabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname}, {val})	*settabwinvar()*
 			:call settabwinvar(3, 2, "myvar", "foobar")
 <		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 
-		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is used as the value: >
+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
+		fourth argument: >
 			GetValue()->settabvar(tab, winnr, name)
 
 settagstack({nr}, {dict} [, {action}])			*settagstack()*
@@ -8701,7 +8798,8 @@ settagstack({nr}, {dict} [, {action}])			*settagstack()*
 			call settagstack(1003, stack)
 			unlet stack
 <
-		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is used as the Dict: >
+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
+		second argument: >
 			GetStack()->settagstack(winnr)
 
 setwinvar({winnr}, {varname}, {val})			*setwinvar()*
@@ -8710,7 +8808,8 @@ setwinvar({winnr}, {varname}, {val})			*setwinvar()*
 			:call setwinvar(1, "&list", 0)
 			:call setwinvar(2, "myvar", "foobar")
 
-<		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is used as the value: >
+<		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
+		third argument: >
 			GetValue()->setwinvar(winnr, name)
 
 sha256({string})						*sha256()*
@@ -9049,6 +9148,20 @@ sqrt({expr})						*sqrt()*
 		{only available when compiled with the |+float| feature}
 
 
+srand([{expr}])						*srand()*
+		Initialize seed used by |rand()|:
+		- If {expr} is not given, seed values are initialized by
+		  reading from /dev/urandom, if possible, or using time(NULL)
+		  a.k.a. epoch time otherwise; this only has second accuracy.
+		- If {expr} is given it must be a Number.  It is used to
+		  initialize the seed values.  This is useful for testing or
+		  when a predictable sequence is intended.
+
+		Examples: >
+			:let seed = srand()
+			:let seed = srand(userinput)
+			:echo rand(seed)
+
 state([{what}])						*state()*
 		Return a string which contains characters indicating the
 		current state.  Mostly useful in callbacks that want to do
@@ -9078,8 +9191,8 @@ state([{what}])						*state()*
 		        e.g. after |f|
 		    a	Insert mode autocomplete active
 		    x	executing an autocommand
-		    w	blocked on waiting, e.g. ch_evalexpr() and
-			ch_read(), ch_readraw() when reading json.
+		    w	blocked on waiting, e.g. ch_evalexpr(), ch_read() and
+			ch_readraw() when reading json.
 		    S	not triggering SafeState or SafeStateAgain
 		    c	callback invoked, including timer (repeats for
 			recursiveness up to "ccc")
@@ -9130,7 +9243,7 @@ str2nr({expr} [, {base} [, {quoted}]])				*str2nr()*
 		When {base} is omitted base 10 is used.  This also means that
 		a leading zero doesn't cause octal conversion to be used, as
 		with the default String to Number conversion.  Example: >
-			let nr = str2nr('123')
+			let nr = str2nr('0123')
 <
 		When {base} is 16 a leading "0x" or "0X" is ignored.  With a
 		different base the result will be zero.  Similarly, when
@@ -9202,7 +9315,7 @@ strftime({format} [, {time}])				*strftime()*
 		{format} depends on your system, thus this is not portable!
 		See the manual page of the C function strftime() for the
 		format.  The maximum length of the result is 80 characters.
-		See also |localtime()| and |getftime()|.
+		See also |localtime()|, |getftime()| and |strptime()|.
 		The language can be changed with the |:language| command.
 		Examples: >
 		  :echo strftime("%c")		   Sun Apr 27 11:49:23 1997
@@ -9247,6 +9360,7 @@ stridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])		*stridx()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetHaystack()->stridx(needle)
+<
 							*string()*
 string({expr})	Return {expr} converted to a String.  If {expr} is a Number,
 		Float, String, Blob or a composition of them, then the result
@@ -9302,6 +9416,34 @@ strpart({src}, {start} [, {len}])			*strpart()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetText()->strpart(5)
 
+strptime({format}, {timestring})				*strptime()*
+		The result is a Number, which is a unix timestamp representing
+		the date and time in {timestring}, which is expected to match
+		the format specified in {format}.
+
+		The accepted {format} depends on your system, thus this is not
+		portable!  See the manual page of the C function strptime()
+		for the format.  Especially avoid "%c".  The value of $TZ also
+		matters.
+
+		If the {timestring} cannot be parsed with {format} zero is
+		returned.  If you do not know the format of {timestring} you
+		can try different {format} values until you get a non-zero
+		result.
+
+		See also |strftime()|.
+		Examples: >
+		  :echo strptime("%Y %b %d %X", "1997 Apr 27 11:49:23")
+<		  862156163 >
+		  :echo strftime("%c", strptime("%y%m%d %T", "970427 11:53:55"))
+<		  Sun Apr 27 11:53:55 1997 >
+		  :echo strftime("%c", strptime("%Y%m%d%H%M%S", "19970427115355") + 3600)
+<		  Sun Apr 27 12:53:55 1997
+
+		Not available on all systems.  To check use: >
+			:if exists("*strptime")
+
+
 strridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])			*strridx()*
 		The result is a Number, which gives the byte index in
 		{haystack} of the last occurrence of the String {needle}.
@@ -9634,9 +9776,14 @@ systemlist({expr} [, {input}])				*systemlist()*
 		Same as |system()|, but returns a |List| with lines (parts of
 		output separated by NL) with NULs transformed into NLs. Output
 		is the same as |readfile()| will output with {binary} argument
-		set to "b".  Note that on MS-Windows you may get trailing CR
-		characters.
+		set to "b", except that there is no extra empty item when the
+		result ends in a NL.
+		Note that on MS-Windows you may get trailing CR characters.
 
+		To see the difference between "echo hello" and "echo -n hello"
+		use |system()| and |split()|: >
+			echo system('echo hello')->split('\n', 1)
+<
 		Returns an empty string on error.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
@@ -10137,8 +10284,8 @@ win_execute({id}, {command} [, {silent}])		*win_execute()*
 		Not all commands are allowed in popup windows.
 		When window {id} does not exist then no error is given.
 
-		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is used for the
-		command: >
+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
+		second argument: >
 			GetCommand()->win_execute(winid)
 
 win_findbuf({bufnr})					*win_findbuf()*
@@ -10456,11 +10603,11 @@ xor({expr}, {expr})					*xor()*
 		to a number.  A List, Dict or Float argument causes an error.
 		Example: >
 			:let bits = xor(bits, 0x80)
-<		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			:let bits = bits->xor(0x80)
 <
 
-
 							*feature-list*
 There are four types of features:
 1.  Features that are only supported when they have been enabled when Vim
@@ -10529,7 +10676,7 @@ eval			Compiled with expression evaluation support.  Always
 ex_extra		|+ex_extra| (always true)
 extra_search		Compiled with support for |'incsearch'| and
 			|'hlsearch'|
-farsi			Compiled with Farsi support |farsi|.
+farsi			Support for Farsi was removed |farsi|.
 file_in_path		Compiled with support for |gf| and |<cfile>|
 filterpipe		When 'shelltemp' is off pipes are used for shell
 			read/write/filter commands
@@ -10655,6 +10802,7 @@ ttyout			output is a terminal (tty)
 unix			Unix version of Vim. *+unix*
 unnamedplus		Compiled with support for "unnamedplus" in 'clipboard'
 user_commands		User-defined commands. (always true)
+vartabs			Compiled with variable tabstop support |'vartabstop'|.
 vcon			Win32: Virtual console support is working, can use
 			'termguicolors'. Also see |+vtp|.
 vertsplit		Compiled with vertically split windows |:vsplit|.
@@ -11333,21 +11481,22 @@ This does NOT work: >
 
 						*:let=<<* *:let-heredoc*
 						*E990* *E991* *E172* *E221*
-:let {var-name} =<< [trim] {marker}
+:let {var-name} =<< [trim] {endmarker}
 text...
 text...
-{marker}
+{endmarker}
 			Set internal variable {var-name} to a List containing
-			the lines of text bounded by the string {marker}.
-			{marker} must not contain white space.
-			{marker} cannot start with a lower case character.
-			The last line should end only with the {marker} string
-			without any other character.  Watch out for white
-			space after {marker}!
+			the lines of text bounded by the string {endmarker}.
+			{endmarker} must not contain white space.
+			{endmarker} cannot start with a lower case character.
+			The last line should end only with the {endmarker}
+			string without any other character.  Watch out for
+			white space after {endmarker}!
 
 			Without "trim" any white space characters in the lines
 			of text are preserved.  If "trim" is specified before
-			{marker}, then indentation is stripped so you can do: >
+			{endmarker}, then indentation is stripped so you can
+			do: >
 				let text =<< trim END
 				   if ok
 				     echo 'done'
@@ -11361,23 +11510,31 @@ text...
 			non-empty text line is stripped from the input lines.
 			All leading indentation exactly matching the leading
 			indentation before `let` is stripped from the line
-			containing {marker}.  Note that the difference between
-			space and tab matters here.
+			containing {endmarker}.  Note that the difference
+			between space and tab matters here.
 
 			If {var-name} didn't exist yet, it is created.
 			Cannot be followed by another command, but can be
 			followed by a comment.
 
+			To avoid line continuation to be applied, consider
+			adding 'C' to 'cpoptions': >
+				set cpo+=C
+				let var =<< END
+				   \ leading backslash
+				END
+				set cpo-=C
+<
 			Examples: >
 				let var1 =<< END
-			Sample text 1
-			    Sample text 2
-			Sample text 3
-			END
+				Sample text 1
+				    Sample text 2
+				Sample text 3
+				END
 
 				let data =<< trim DATA
-				1 2 3 4
-				5 6 7 8
+					1 2 3 4
+					5 6 7 8
 				DATA
 <
 								*E121*
@@ -11505,21 +11662,6 @@ text...
 			Unlock the internal variable {name}.  Does the
 			opposite of |:lockvar|.
 
-							*:eval*
-:eval {expr}		Evaluate {expr} and discard the result.  Example: >
-				:eval Getlist()->Filter()->append('$')
-
-<			The expression is supposed to have a side effect,
-			since the resulting value is not used.  In the example
-			the `append()` call appends the List with text to the
-			buffer.  This is similar to `:call` but works with any
-			expression.
-
-			The command can be shortened to `:ev` or `:eva`, but
-			these are hard to recognize and therefore not to be
-			used.
-
-
 :if {expr1}			*:if* *:end* *:endif* *:en* *E171* *E579* *E580*
 :en[dif]		Execute the commands until the next matching ":else"
 			or ":endif" if {expr1} evaluates to non-zero.
@@ -11806,6 +11948,21 @@ text...
 			And to get a beep: >
 		:exe "normal \<Esc>"
 <
+							*:eval*
+:eval {expr}		Evaluate {expr} and discard the result.  Example: >
+				:eval Getlist()->Filter()->append('$')
+
+<			The expression is supposed to have a side effect,
+			since the resulting value is not used.  In the example
+			the `append()` call appends the List with text to the
+			buffer.  This is similar to `:call` but works with any
+			expression.
+
+			The command can be shortened to `:ev` or `:eva`, but
+			these are hard to recognize and therefore not to be
+			used.
+
+
 							*:exe* *:execute*
 :exe[cute] {expr1} ..	Executes the string that results from the evaluation
 			of {expr1} as an Ex command.

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -595,6 +595,10 @@ If you do not like the default folding, use an autocommand to add your desired
 folding style instead.  For example: >
         autocmd FileType man setlocal foldmethod=indent foldenable
 
+If you would like :Man {number} {name} to behave like man {number} {name} by
+not running man {name} if no page is found, then use this: >
+	let g:ft_man_no_sect_fallback = 1
+
 You may also want to set 'keywordprg' to make the |K| command open a manual
 page in a Vim window: >
 	set keywordprg=:Man

runtime/doc/ft_sql.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2013 May 15
+*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 by David Fishburn
 
@@ -342,8 +342,8 @@ The defaults static maps are: >
     imap <buffer> <C-C>T <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlType')<CR><C-X><C-O>
     imap <buffer> <C-C>s <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlStatement')<CR><C-X><C-O>
 
-The use of "<C-C>" can be user chosen by using the following in your |.vimrc| as it 
-may not work properly on all platforms: >
+The use of "<C-C>" can be user chosen by using the following in your |.vimrc|
+as it may not work properly on all platforms: >
     let g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key = '<C-C>'
 >
 The static maps (which are based on the syntax highlight groups) follow this
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ The SQL completion plugin can also display a list of columns for particular
 tables.  The column completion is trigger via <C-C>c.
 
 NOTE: The following example uses <Right> to trigger a column list while
-      the popup window is active.  
+      the popup window is active.
 
 Example of using column completion:
      - Press <C-C>t again to display the list of tables.

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 21
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ because the menu command will always be applied to the top window.
 
 If you are on the ':' line (or '/' or '?'), then clicking the left or right
 mouse button will position the cursor on the ':' line (if 'mouse' contains
-'c', 'a' or 'A').
+'c' or 'a').
 
 In any situation the middle mouse button may be clicked to paste the current
 selection.
@@ -560,8 +560,9 @@ floating menus that do not appear on the main menu bar.
 				*E330* *E327* *E331* *E336* *E333*
 				*E328* *E329* *E337* *E792*
 To create a new menu item, use the ":menu" commands.  They are mostly like
-the ":map" set of commands but the first argument is a menu item name, given
-as a path of menus and submenus with a '.' between them, e.g.: >
+the ":map" set of commands (see |map-modes|), but the first argument is a menu
+item name, given as a path of menus and submenus with a '.' between them,
+e.g.: >
 
    :menu File.Save  :w<CR>
    :inoremenu File.Save  <C-O>:w<CR>

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -171,14 +171,14 @@ you can.
 		path			    {path}\gvim.exe
    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\vim 5.6
 		DisplayName		    Vim 5.6: Edit with Vim popup menu entry
-		UninstallString		    {path}\uninstal.exe
+		UninstallString		    {path}\uninstall.exe
 
    Replace {path} with the path that leads to the executable.
    Don't type {default}, this is the value for the key itself.
 
 To remove "Edit with Vim" from the popup menu, just remove the registry
-entries mentioned above.  The "uninstal.exe" program can do this for you.  You
-can also use the entry in the Windows standard "Add/Remove Programs" list.
+entries mentioned above.  The "uninstall.exe" program can do this for you.
+You can also use the entry in the Windows standard "Add/Remove Programs" list.
 
 If you notice that this entry overrules other file type associations, set
 those associations again by hand (using Windows Explorer, see above).  This

runtime/doc/hangulin.txt

@@ -1,112 +1,17 @@
-*hangulin.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2015 Nov 24
+*hangulin.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Chi-Deok Hwang and Sung-Hyun Nam
 
+						*hangul*
+Vim had built-in support for hangul, the Korean language, for users without
+XIM (X Input Method).  Since it didn't work well and was not maintained it was
+removed in Vim 8.1.2327.
 
-Introduction					*hangul*
-------------
-It is to input hangul, the Korean language, with Vim GUI version.
-If you have a XIM program, you can use another |+xim| feature.
-Basically, it is for anybody who has no XIM program.
+If you want this hangul input mehod you can go back to Vim 8.1.2326 or
+earlier.  If you think this code is still useful and want to maintain it, make
+a patch to add it back.  However, making it work with UTF-8 encoding would be
+best.
 
-Compile
--------
-Next is a basic option.  You can add any other configure option. >
-
-   ./configure --with-x --enable-multibyte --enable-hangulinput \
-            --disable-xim
-
-And you should check feature.h.  If |+hangul_input| feature is enabled
-by configure, you can select more options such as keyboard type, 2 bulsik
-or 3 bulsik.  You can find keywords like next in there. >
-
-	#define HANGUL_DEFAULT_KEYBOARD 2
-	#define ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE
-	/* #define X_LOCALE */
-
-Environment variables
----------------------
-You should set LANG variable to Korean locale such as ko, ko_KR.eucKR
-or ko_KR.UTF-8.
-If you set LC_ALL variable, it should be set to Korean locale also.
-
-Vim resource
-------------
-You may want to set 'encoding' and 'fileencodings'.
-Next are examples: >
-
-	:set encoding=euc-kr
-	:set encoding=utf-8
-	:set fileencodings=ucs-bom,utf-8,cp949,euc-kr,latin1
-
-Keyboard
---------
-You can change keyboard type (2 bulsik or 3 bulsik) using VIM_KEYBOARD
-or HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE environment variables.  For sh, just do (2 bulsik): >
-
-    export VIM_KEYBOARD="2"
-or >
-    export HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE="2"
-
-If both are set, VIM_KEYBOARD has higher priority.
-
-Hangul Fonts
-------------
-If you use GTK version of gvim, you should set 'guifont' and 'guifontwide'.
-For example: >
-    set guifont=Courier\ 12
-    set guifontwide=NanumGothicCoding\ 12
-
-If you use Motif or Athena version of gvim, you should set 'guifontset' in
-your vimrc.  You can set fontset in the .Xdefaults file.
-
-$HOME/.gvimrc: >
-    set guifontset=english_font,hangul_font
-
-$HOME/.Xdefaults: >
-    Vim.font: english_font
-
-    ! Nexts are for hangul menu with Athena
-    *international: True
-    Vim*fontSet: english_font,hangul_font
-
-    ! Nexts are for hangul menu with Motif
-    *international: True
-    Vim*fontList: english_font;hangul_font:
-
-attention! the , (comma) or ; (semicolon)
-
-And there should be no ':set guifont'.  If it exists, then gvim ignores
-':set guifontset'.  It means Vim runs without fontset supporting.
-So, you can see only English.  Hangul does not be correctly displayed.
-
-After "fontset" feature is enabled, Vim does not allow using english
-font only in "font" setting for syntax.
-For example, if you use >
-   :set guifontset=eng_font,your_font
-in your .gvimrc, then you should do for syntax >
-   :hi Comment guifg=Cyan font=another_eng_font,another_your_font
-If you just do >
-   :hi Comment font=another_eng_font
-then you can see a error message.  Be careful!
-
-hangul_font width should be twice than english_font width.
-
-Unsupported Feature
--------------------
-We don't support Johab font.
-We don't support Hanja input.
-And We don't have any plan to support them.
-
-If you really need such features, you can use console version of Vim with a
-capable terminal emulator.
-
-Bug or Comment
---------------
-Send comments, patches and suggestions to:
-
-				    SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
-				    Chi-Deok Hwang <...>
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/helphelp.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 04
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Oct 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -102,7 +102,11 @@ Help on help files					*helphelp*
 			current file.  See |help-translated|.
 
 						 	*:helpc* *:helpclose*
-:helpc[lose]            Close one help window, if there is one.
+:helpc[lose]		Close one help window, if there is one.
+			Vim will try to restore the window layout (including
+			cursor position) to the same layout it was before
+			opening the help window initially.  This might cause
+			triggering several autocommands.
 
 							*:helpg* *:helpgrep*
 :helpg[rep] {pattern}[@xx]

runtime/doc/if_mzsch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
+*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sergey Khorev
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ To avoid clashes with MzScheme, consider using prefix when requiring module,
 e.g.: >
 	:mzscheme (require (prefix vim- vimext))
 <
-All the examples below assume this naming scheme. 
+All the examples below assume this naming scheme.
 
 							*mzscheme-sandbox*
 When executed in the |sandbox|, access to some filesystem and Vim interface

runtime/doc/if_ole.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ole.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*if_ole.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ instance), code similar to the following should be used:
 	$vim = new Win32::OLE 'Vim.Application';
 
 [C#] >
-        // Add a reference to Vim in your project. 
+        // Add a reference to Vim in your project.
         // Choose the COM tab.
         // Select "Vim Ole Interface 1.1 Type Library"
 	Vim.Vim vimobj = new Vim.Vim();

runtime/doc/if_perl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
+*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sven Verdoolaege
@@ -55,14 +55,14 @@ The ActiveState one should work, Strawberry Perl is a good alternative.
 			working: >
 				:perl VIM::Msg("Hello")
 
-:pe[rl] << [endpattern]
+:pe[rl] << [endmarker]
 {script}
-{endpattern}
+{endmarker}
 			Execute Perl script {script}.
-			The {endpattern} after {script} must NOT be preceded
-			by any white space.
+			The {endmarker} after {script} must NOT be preceded by
+			any white space.
 
-			If [endpattern] is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
+			If [endmarker] is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
 			like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.  Using
 			'.' helps when inside a function, because "$i;" looks
 			like the start of an |:insert| command to Vim.
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ VIM::Windows([{wn}...])	With no arguments, returns a list of all the windows
 VIM::DoCommand({cmd})	Executes Ex command {cmd}.
 
 							*perl-Eval*
-VIM::Eval({expr})	Evaluates {expr} and returns (success, value) in list 
+VIM::Eval({expr})	Evaluates {expr} and returns (success, value) in list
 			context or just value in scalar context.
 			success=1 indicates that val contains the value of
 			{expr}; success=0 indicates a failure to evaluate

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ vim.eval(str)						*python-eval*
 	    :py text_width = vim.eval("&tw")
 	    :
 	    :" contents of the 'a' register
-	    :py a_reg = vim.eval("@a") 
+	    :py a_reg = vim.eval("@a")
 	    :
 	    :" Result is a string! Use string.atoi() to convert to a number.
 	    :py str = vim.eval("12+12")
@@ -194,25 +194,25 @@ vim.eval(str)						*python-eval*
 	'eval_expr', 'kind': 'f', 'filename': './src/eval.c'}] ~
 
 vim.bindeval(str)					*python-bindeval*
-	Like |python-eval|, but returns special objects described in 
-	|python-bindeval-objects|. These python objects let you modify (|List| 
+	Like |python-eval|, but returns special objects described in
+	|python-bindeval-objects|. These python objects let you modify (|List|
 	or |Dictionary|) or call (|Funcref|) vim objects.
 
 vim.strwidth(str)					*python-strwidth*
-	Like |strwidth()|: returns number of display cells str occupies, tab 
+	Like |strwidth()|: returns number of display cells str occupies, tab
 	is counted as one cell.
 
 vim.foreach_rtp(callable)				*python-foreach_rtp*
-	Call the given callable for each path in 'runtimepath' until either 
-	callable returns something but None, the exception is raised or there 
-	are no longer paths. If stopped in case callable returned non-None, 
+	Call the given callable for each path in 'runtimepath' until either
+	callable returns something but None, the exception is raised or there
+	are no longer paths. If stopped in case callable returned non-None,
 	vim.foreach_rtp function returns the value returned by callable.
 
 vim.chdir(*args, **kwargs)				*python-chdir*
 vim.fchdir(*args, **kwargs)				*python-fchdir*
 	Run os.chdir or os.fchdir, then all appropriate vim stuff.
-	Note: you should not use these functions directly, use os.chdir and 
-	      os.fchdir instead. Behavior of vim.fchdir is undefined in case 
+	Note: you should not use these functions directly, use os.chdir and
+	      os.fchdir instead. Behavior of vim.fchdir is undefined in case
 	      os.fchdir does not exist.
 
 Error object of the "vim" module
@@ -247,15 +247,15 @@ vim.windows						*python-windows*
 	    :py w in vim.windows	# Membership test
 	    :py n = len(vim.windows)	# Number of elements
 	    :py for w in vim.windows:	# Sequential access
-<	Note: vim.windows object always accesses current tab page. 
-	|python-tabpage|.windows objects are bound to parent |python-tabpage| 
-	object and always use windows from that tab page (or throw vim.error 
-	in case tab page was deleted). You can keep a reference to both 
-	without keeping a reference to vim module object or |python-tabpage|, 
+<	Note: vim.windows object always accesses current tab page.
+	|python-tabpage|.windows objects are bound to parent |python-tabpage|
+	object and always use windows from that tab page (or throw vim.error
+	in case tab page was deleted). You can keep a reference to both
+	without keeping a reference to vim module object or |python-tabpage|,
 	they will not lose their properties in this case.
 
 vim.tabpages						*python-tabpages*
-	A sequence object providing access to the list of vim tab pages. The 
+	A sequence object providing access to the list of vim tab pages. The
 	object supports the following operations: >
 	    :py t = vim.tabpages[i]	# Indexing (read-only)
 	    :py t in vim.tabpages	# Membership test
@@ -276,12 +276,12 @@ vim.current						*python-current*
 	"current range".  A range is a bit like a buffer, but with all access
 	restricted to a subset of lines.  See |python-range| for more details.
 
-	Note: When assigning to vim.current.{buffer,window,tabpage} it expects 
-	valid |python-buffer|, |python-window| or |python-tabpage| objects 
-	respectively. Assigning triggers normal (with |autocommand|s) 
-	switching to given buffer, window or tab page. It is the only way to 
-	switch UI objects in python: you can't assign to 
-	|python-tabpage|.window attribute. To switch without triggering 
+	Note: When assigning to vim.current.{buffer,window,tabpage} it expects
+	valid |python-buffer|, |python-window| or |python-tabpage| objects
+	respectively. Assigning triggers normal (with |autocommand|s)
+	switching to given buffer, window or tab page. It is the only way to
+	switch UI objects in python: you can't assign to
+	|python-tabpage|.window attribute. To switch without triggering
 	autocommands use >
 	    py << EOF
 	    saved_eventignore = vim.options['eventignore']
@@ -294,12 +294,12 @@ vim.current						*python-current*
 <
 vim.vars						*python-vars*
 vim.vvars						*python-vvars*
-	Dictionary-like objects holding dictionaries with global (|g:|) and 
-	vim (|v:|) variables respectively. Identical to `vim.bindeval("g:")`, 
+	Dictionary-like objects holding dictionaries with global (|g:|) and
+	vim (|v:|) variables respectively. Identical to `vim.bindeval("g:")`,
 	but faster.
 
 vim.options						*python-options*
-	Object partly supporting mapping protocol (supports setting and 
+	Object partly supporting mapping protocol (supports setting and
 	getting items) providing a read-write access to global options.
 	Note: unlike |:set| this provides access only to global options. You
 	cannot use this object to obtain or set local options' values or
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ vim.options						*python-options*
 	buffer-local options and |python-window| objects to access to
 	window-local options.
 
-	Type of this object is available via "Options" attribute of vim 
+	Type of this object is available via "Options" attribute of vim
 	module.
 
 Output from Python					*python-output*
@@ -331,10 +331,10 @@ Output from Python					*python-output*
 		    *python2-directory* *python3-directory* *pythonx-directory*
 Python 'runtimepath' handling				*python-special-path*
 
-In python vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH special directory is used as a replacement for 
-the list of paths found in 'runtimepath': with this directory in sys.path and 
-vim.path_hooks in sys.path_hooks python will try to load module from 
-{rtp}/python2 (or python3) and {rtp}/pythonx (for both python versions) for 
+In python vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH special directory is used as a replacement for
+the list of paths found in 'runtimepath': with this directory in sys.path and
+vim.path_hooks in sys.path_hooks python will try to load module from
+{rtp}/python2 (or python3) and {rtp}/pythonx (for both python versions) for
 each {rtp} found in 'runtimepath'.
 
 Implementation is similar to the following, but written in C: >
@@ -362,8 +362,8 @@ Implementation is similar to the following, but written in C: >
             fmr = find_module(fullname, path)
             return load_module(fullname, *fmr)
 
-    # It uses vim module itself in place of VimPathFinder class: it does not 
-    # matter for python which object has find_module function attached to as 
+    # It uses vim module itself in place of VimPathFinder class: it does not
+    # matter for python which object has find_module function attached to as
     # an attribute.
     class VimPathFinder(object):
         @classmethod
@@ -386,28 +386,28 @@ Implementation is similar to the following, but written in C: >
     sys.path_hooks.append(hook)
 
 vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH					*python-VIM_SPECIAL_PATH*
-	String constant used in conjunction with vim path hook. If path hook 
-	installed by vim is requested to handle anything but path equal to 
-	vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH constant it raises ImportError. In the only other 
+	String constant used in conjunction with vim path hook. If path hook
+	installed by vim is requested to handle anything but path equal to
+	vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH constant it raises ImportError. In the only other
 	case it uses special loader.
 
-	Note: you must not use value of this constant directly, always use 
+	Note: you must not use value of this constant directly, always use
 	      vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH object.
 
 vim.find_module(...)					*python-find_module*
 vim.path_hook(path)					*python-path_hook*
-	Methods or objects used to implement path loading as described above. 
-	You should not be using any of these directly except for vim.path_hook 
-	in case you need to do something with sys.meta_path. It is not 
-	guaranteed that any of the objects will exist in the future vim 
+	Methods or objects used to implement path loading as described above.
+	You should not be using any of these directly except for vim.path_hook
+	in case you need to do something with sys.meta_path. It is not
+	guaranteed that any of the objects will exist in the future vim
 	versions.
 
 vim._get_paths						*python-_get_paths*
-	Methods returning a list of paths which will be searched for by path 
-	hook. You should not rely on this method being present in future 
+	Methods returning a list of paths which will be searched for by path
+	hook. You should not rely on this method being present in future
 	versions, but can use it for debugging.
 
-	It returns a list of {rtp}/python2 (or {rtp}/python3) and 
+	It returns a list of {rtp}/python2 (or {rtp}/python3) and
 	{rtp}/pythonx directories for each {rtp} in 'runtimepath'.
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -436,21 +436,21 @@ line numbers, which start from 1.  This is particularly relevant when dealing
 with marks (see below) which use vim line numbers.
 
 The buffer object attributes are:
-	b.vars		Dictionary-like object used to access 
+	b.vars		Dictionary-like object used to access
 			|buffer-variable|s.
-	b.options	Mapping object (supports item getting, setting and 
-			deleting) that provides access to buffer-local options 
-			and buffer-local values of |global-local| options. Use 
-			|python-window|.options if option is window-local, 
-			this object will raise KeyError. If option is 
-			|global-local| and local value is missing getting it 
+	b.options	Mapping object (supports item getting, setting and
+			deleting) that provides access to buffer-local options
+			and buffer-local values of |global-local| options. Use
+			|python-window|.options if option is window-local,
+			this object will raise KeyError. If option is
+			|global-local| and local value is missing getting it
 			will return None.
 	b.name		String, RW. Contains buffer name (full path).
-			Note: when assigning to b.name |BufFilePre| and 
+			Note: when assigning to b.name |BufFilePre| and
 			|BufFilePost| autocommands are launched.
 	b.number	Buffer number. Can be used as |python-buffers| key.
 			Read-only.
-	b.valid		True or False. Buffer object becomes invalid when 
+	b.valid		True or False. Buffer object becomes invalid when
 			corresponding buffer is wiped out.
 
 The buffer object methods are:
@@ -538,16 +538,16 @@ Window attributes are:
 				This is a tuple, (row,col).
 	height (read-write)	The window height, in rows
 	width (read-write)	The window width, in columns
-	vars (read-only)	The window |w:| variables. Attribute is 
-				unassignable, but you can change window 
+	vars (read-only)	The window |w:| variables. Attribute is
+				unassignable, but you can change window
 				variables this way
-	options (read-only)	The window-local options. Attribute is 
-				unassignable, but you can change window 
-				options this way. Provides access only to 
-				window-local options, for buffer-local use 
-				|python-buffer| and for global ones use 
-				|python-options|. If option is |global-local| 
-				and local value is missing getting it will 
+	options (read-only)	The window-local options. Attribute is
+				unassignable, but you can change window
+				options this way. Provides access only to
+				window-local options, for buffer-local use
+				|python-buffer| and for global ones use
+				|python-options|. If option is |global-local|
+				and local value is missing getting it will
 				return None.
 	number (read-only)	Window number.  The first window has number 1.
 				This is zero in case it cannot be determined
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ Window attributes are:
 	row, col (read-only)	On-screen window position in display cells.
 				First position is zero.
 	tabpage (read-only)	Window tab page.
-	valid (read-write)	True or False. Window object becomes invalid 
+	valid (read-write)	True or False. Window object becomes invalid
 				when corresponding window is closed.
 
 The height attribute is writable only if the screen is split horizontally.
@@ -567,21 +567,21 @@ Window object type is available using "Window" attribute of vim module.
 ==============================================================================
 6. Tab page objects					*python-tabpage*
 
-Tab page objects represent vim tab pages. You can obtain them in a number of 
+Tab page objects represent vim tab pages. You can obtain them in a number of
 ways:
 	- via vim.current.tabpage (|python-current|)
 	- from indexing vim.tabpages (|python-tabpages|)
 
-You can use this object to access tab page windows. They have no methods and 
+You can use this object to access tab page windows. They have no methods and
 no sequence or other interfaces.
 
 Tab page attributes are:
-	number		The tab page number like the one returned by 
+	number		The tab page number like the one returned by
 			|tabpagenr()|.
 	windows		Like |python-windows|, but for current tab page.
 	vars		The tab page |t:| variables.
 	window		Current tabpage window.
-	valid		True or False. Tab page object becomes invalid when 
+	valid		True or False. Tab page object becomes invalid when
 			corresponding tab page is closed.
 
 TabPage object type is available using "TabPage" attribute of vim module.
@@ -598,8 +598,8 @@ vim.Dictionary object				*python-Dictionary*
                     zero            Variable is not locked
                     vim.VAR_LOCKED  Variable is locked, but can be unlocked
                     vim.VAR_FIXED   Variable is locked and can't be unlocked
-                   Read-write. You can unlock locked variable by assigning 
-                   `True` or `False` to this attribute. No recursive locking 
+                   Read-write. You can unlock locked variable by assigning
+                   `True` or `False` to this attribute. No recursive locking
                    is supported.
         scope      One of
                     Value              Description ~
@@ -615,23 +615,23 @@ vim.Dictionary object				*python-Dictionary*
         update(iterable), update(dictionary), update(**kwargs)
                     Adds keys to dictionary.
         get(key[, default=None])
-                    Obtain key from dictionary, returning the default if it is 
+                    Obtain key from dictionary, returning the default if it is
                     not present.
         pop(key[, default])
-                    Remove specified key from dictionary and return 
-                    corresponding value. If key is not found and default is 
+                    Remove specified key from dictionary and return
+                    corresponding value. If key is not found and default is
                     given returns the default, otherwise raises KeyError.
         popitem()
-                    Remove random key from dictionary and return (key, value) 
+                    Remove random key from dictionary and return (key, value)
                     pair.
         has_key(key)
-                    Check whether dictionary contains specified key, similar 
+                    Check whether dictionary contains specified key, similar
                     to `key in dict`.
 
         __new__(), __new__(iterable), __new__(dictionary), __new__(update)
-                    You can use `vim.Dictionary()` to create new vim 
-                    dictionaries. `d=vim.Dictionary(arg)` is the same as 
-                    `d=vim.bindeval('{}');d.update(arg)`. Without arguments 
+                    You can use `vim.Dictionary()` to create new vim
+                    dictionaries. `d=vim.Dictionary(arg)` is the same as
+                    `d=vim.bindeval('{}');d.update(arg)`. Without arguments
                     constructs empty dictionary.
 
     Examples: >
@@ -652,15 +652,15 @@ vim.Dictionary object				*python-Dictionary*
 
 vim.List object					*python-List*
     Sequence-like object providing access to vim |List| type.
-    Supports `.locked` attribute, see |python-.locked|. Also supports the 
+    Supports `.locked` attribute, see |python-.locked|. Also supports the
     following methods:
         Method          Description ~
         extend(item)    Add items to the list.
 
         __new__(), __new__(iterable)
-                        You can use `vim.List()` to create new vim lists. 
-                        `l=vim.List(iterable)` is the same as 
-                        `l=vim.bindeval('[]');l.extend(iterable)`. Without 
+                        You can use `vim.List()` to create new vim lists.
+                        `l=vim.List(iterable)` is the same as
+                        `l=vim.bindeval('[]');l.extend(iterable)`. Without
                         arguments constructs empty list.
     Examples: >
         l = vim.List("abc")		# Constructor, result: ['a', 'b', 'c']
@@ -674,24 +674,24 @@ vim.List object					*python-List*
         class List(vim.List):		# Subclassing
 
 vim.Function object				*python-Function*
-    Function-like object, acting like vim |Funcref| object. Accepts special 
-    keyword argument `self`, see |Dictionary-function|. You can also use 
-    `vim.Function(name)` constructor, it is the same as 
+    Function-like object, acting like vim |Funcref| object. Accepts special
+    keyword argument `self`, see |Dictionary-function|. You can also use
+    `vim.Function(name)` constructor, it is the same as
     `vim.bindeval('function(%s)'%json.dumps(name))`.
 
     Attributes (read-only):
         Attribute    Description ~
         name         Function name.
-        args         `None` or a |python-List| object with arguments.  Note 
-                     that this is a copy of the arguments list, constructed 
-                     each time you request this attribute. Modifications made 
-                     to the list will be ignored (but not to the containers 
-                     inside argument list: this is like |copy()| and not 
+        args         `None` or a |python-List| object with arguments.  Note
+                     that this is a copy of the arguments list, constructed
+                     each time you request this attribute. Modifications made
+                     to the list will be ignored (but not to the containers
+                     inside argument list: this is like |copy()| and not
                      |deepcopy()|).
-        self         `None` or a |python-Dictionary| object with self 
-                     dictionary. Note that explicit `self` keyword used when 
+        self         `None` or a |python-Dictionary| object with self
+                     dictionary. Note that explicit `self` keyword used when
                      calling resulting object overrides this attribute.
-        auto_rebind  Boolean. True if partial created from this Python object 
+        auto_rebind  Boolean. True if partial created from this Python object
                      and stored in the Vim script dictionary should be
                      automatically rebound to the dictionary it is stored in
                      when this dictionary is indexed. Exposes Vim internal
@@ -699,11 +699,11 @@ vim.Function object				*python-Function*
                      `function(dict.func,dict)` (auto_rebind=False). This
                      attribute makes no sense if `self` attribute is `None`.
 
-    Constructor additionally accepts `args`, `self` and `auto_rebind` 
-    keywords.  If `args` and/or `self` argument is given then it constructs 
-    a partial, see |function()|.  `auto_rebind` is only used when `self` 
-    argument is given, otherwise it is assumed to be `True` regardless of 
-    whether it was given or not.  If `self` is given then it defaults to 
+    Constructor additionally accepts `args`, `self` and `auto_rebind`
+    keywords.  If `args` and/or `self` argument is given then it constructs
+    a partial, see |function()|.  `auto_rebind` is only used when `self`
+    argument is given, otherwise it is assumed to be `True` regardless of
+    whether it was given or not.  If `self` is given then it defaults to
     `False`.
 
     Examples: >
@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ vim.Function object				*python-Function*
 ==============================================================================
 8. pyeval() and py3eval() Vim functions			*python-pyeval*
 
-To facilitate bi-directional interface, you can use |pyeval()| and |py3eval()| 
+To facilitate bi-directional interface, you can use |pyeval()| and |py3eval()|
 functions to evaluate Python expressions and pass their values to Vim script.
 |pyxeval()| is also available.
 
@@ -767,17 +767,28 @@ match the Python 2.x or Python 3 version Vim was compiled with.
 10. Python 3						*python3*
 
 							*:py3* *:python3*
-The `:py3` and `:python3` commands work similar to `:python`.  A simple check
-if the `:py3` command is working: >
-	:py3 print("Hello")
+:[range]py3 {stmt}
+:[range]py3 << [endmarker]
+{script}
+{endmarker}
 
-To see what version of Python you have: >
-	:py3 import sys
-	:py3 print(sys.version)
+:[range]python3 {stmt}
+:[range]python3 << [endmarker]
+{script}
+{endmarker}
+	The `:py3` and `:python3` commands work similar to `:python`.  A
+	simple check if the `:py3` command is working: >
+		:py3 print("Hello")
+<
+	To see what version of Python you have: >
+		:py3 import sys
+		:py3 print(sys.version)
 <							*:py3file*
-The `:py3file` command works similar to `:pyfile`.
+:[range]py3f[ile] {file}
+	The `:py3file` command works similar to `:pyfile`.
 							*:py3do*
-The `:py3do` command works similar to `:pydo`.
+:[range]py3do {body}
+	The `:py3do` command works similar to `:pydo`.
 
 
 Vim can be built in four ways (:version output):

runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt

@@ -28,14 +28,14 @@ downloading Ruby there.
 :rub[y] {cmd}		Execute Ruby command {cmd}.  A command to try it out: >
 				:ruby print "Hello"
 
-:rub[y] << [endpattern]
+:rub[y] << [endmarker]
 {script}
-{endpattern}
+{endmarker}
 			Execute Ruby script {script}.
-			The {endpattern} after {script} must NOT be preceded
-			by any white space.
+			The {endmarker} after {script} must NOT be preceded by
+			any white space.
 
-			If [endpattern] is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
+			If [endmarker] is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
 			like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
 
 			This form of the |:ruby| command is mainly useful for

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 01
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 <
 			*javascript-cinoptions* *javascript-indenting* *cino-J*
 	JN    Indent JavaScript object declarations correctly by not confusing
-	      them with labels.  The value 'N' is currently unused but must be 
+	      them with labels.  The value 'N' is currently unused but must be
 	      non-zero (e.g. 'J1').  If you enable this you probably also want
 	      to set |cino-j|. >
 
@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 			that: this,
 			some: ok,
 		    },
-		    "bar":{ 
+		    "bar":{
 			a : 2,
 			b: "123abc",
 			x: 4,
@@ -812,6 +812,16 @@ Detail:
       <!-- --> : -1
 
 
+MATLAB			*ft-matlab-indent* *matlab-indent* *matlab-indenting*
+
+The setting Function indenting format in MATLAB Editor/Debugger Language
+Preferences corresponds to: >
+    :let g:MATLAB_function_indent = {0, 1 or 2 (default)}
+
+Where 0 is for Classic, 1 for Indent nested functions and 2 for Indent all
+functions.
+
+
 PHP				*ft-php-indent* *php-indent* *php-indenting*
 
 NOTE:	PHP files will be indented correctly only if PHP |syntax| is active.
@@ -885,7 +895,7 @@ To automatically remove '\r' characters when the 'fileformat' is set to Unix: >
 							*PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel*
 To indent braces at the same level than the code they contain: >
     :let g:PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel = 1
-    
+
 This will give the following result: >
     if ($foo)
 	{
@@ -949,10 +959,12 @@ Function call arguments will indent 1 extra level. For two-space indentation: >
 -------------
 
 				*PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters*
-Extra indentation levels to add to arguments in multi-line function definitions. >
+Extra indentation levels to add to arguments in multi-line function
+definitions. >
     let g:PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters = 1
 
-Function arguments in declarations will indent 1 extra level. For two-space indentation: >
+Function arguments in declarations will indent 1 extra level. For two-space
+indentation: >
 
     function call_the_thing(
         $with_this,

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 02
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -73,14 +73,14 @@ tag		char		action in Insert mode	~
 				the cursor
 |i_CTRL-Q|	CTRL-Q		same as CTRL-V, unless used for terminal
 				control flow
-|i_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*:=}
+|i_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {register}
 				insert the contents of a register
-|i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*:=}
+|i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| CTRL-R CTRL-R {register}
 				insert the contents of a register literally
-|i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O| CTRL-R CTRL-O {0-9a-z"%#*:=}
+|i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O| CTRL-R CTRL-O {register}
 				insert the contents of a register literally
 				and don't auto-indent
-|i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P| CTRL-R CTRL-P {0-9a-z"%#*:=}
+|i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P| CTRL-R CTRL-P {register}
 				insert the contents of a register literally
 				and fix indent.
 		CTRL-S		(used for terminal control flow)
@@ -781,6 +781,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |gn|		gn	      1,2  find the next match with the last used
 				   search pattern and Visually select it
 |gm|		gm		1  go to character at middle of the screenline
+|gM|		gM		1  go to character at middle of the text line
 |go|		go		1  cursor to byte N in the buffer
 |gp|		["x]gp		2  put the text [from register x] after the
 				   cursor N times, leave the cursor after it

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 08
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ CTRL-K {char1} [char2]
 CTRL-N		Find next keyword (see |i_CTRL-N|).
 CTRL-P		Find previous keyword (see |i_CTRL-P|).
 
-CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+:.-=}					*i_CTRL-R*
+CTRL-R {register}				*i_CTRL-R*
 		Insert the contents of a register.  Between typing CTRL-R and
 		the second character, '"' will be displayed to indicate that
 		you are expected to enter the name of a register.
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+:.-=}					*i_CTRL-R*
 				sequence will be broken.
 		See |registers| about registers.
 
-CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
+CTRL-R CTRL-R {register}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
 		Insert the contents of a register.  Works like using a single
 		CTRL-R, but the text is inserted literally, not as if typed.
 		This differs when the register contains characters like <BS>.
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
 		The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
 		typed.
 
-CTRL-R CTRL-O {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
+CTRL-R CTRL-O {register}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
 		Insert the contents of a register literally and don't
 		auto-indent.  Does the same as pasting with the mouse
 		|<MiddleMouse>|. When the register is linewise this will
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-O {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
 		The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
 		typed.
 
-CTRL-R CTRL-P {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P*
+CTRL-R CTRL-P {register}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P*
 		Insert the contents of a register literally and fix the
 		indent, like |[<MiddleMouse>|.
 		Does not replace characters!
@@ -196,6 +196,13 @@ CTRL-V		Insert next non-digit literally.  For special keys, the
 		mapping.
 		Note: When CTRL-V is mapped (e.g., to paste text) you can
 		often use CTRL-Q instead |i_CTRL-Q|.
+		When |modifyOtherKeys| is enabled then special Escape sequence
+		is converted back to what it was without |modifyOtherKeys|,
+		unless the Shift key is also pressed.
+
+						*i_CTRL-SHIFT-V*
+CTRL-SHIFT-V	Works just like CTRL-V, unless |modifyOtherKeys| is active,
+		then it inserts the Escape sequence for a key with modifiers.
 
 						*i_CTRL-Q*
 CTRL-Q		Same as CTRL-V.
@@ -1138,6 +1145,27 @@ below the text, and the bottom of the menu otherwise.
 After the info popup is created it can be found with |popup_findinfo()| and
 properties can be changed with |popup_setoptions()|.
 
+						*complete-popuphidden*
+If the information for the popup is obtained asynchronously, use "popuphidden"
+in 'completeopt'.  The info popup will then be initially hidden and
+|popup_show()| must be called once it has been filled with the info.  This can
+be done with a |CompleteChanged| autocommand, something like this: >
+	set completeopt+=popuphidden
+	au CompleteChanged * call UpdateCompleteInfo()
+	func UpdateCompleteInfo()
+	  " Cancel any pending info fetch
+	  let item = v:event.completed_item
+	  " Start fetching info for the item then call ShowCompleteInfo(info)
+	endfunc
+	func ShowCompleteInfo(info)
+	  let id = popup_findinfo()
+	  if id
+	    call popup_settext(id, 'async info: ' .. a:info)
+	    call popup_show(id)
+	  endif
+	endfunc
+
+<						*complete-item-kind*
 The "kind" item uses a single letter to indicate the kind of completion.  This
 may be used to show the completion differently (different color or icon).
 Currently these types can be used:

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 16
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ Vim would never have become what it is now, without the help of these people!
 	Sung-Hyun Nam		Work on multi-byte versions
 	Vince Negri		Win32 GUI and generic console enhancements
 	Steve Oualline		Author of the first Vim book |frombook|
-	Dominique Pelle		valgrind reports and many fixes
+	Dominique Pelle		Valgrind reports and many fixes
 	A.Politz		Many bug reports and some fixes
 	George V. Reilly	Win32 port, Win32 GUI start-off
 	Stephen Riehm		bug collector

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 02
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -20,7 +20,8 @@ manual.
    1.8 Examples				|map-examples|
    1.9 Using mappings			|map-typing|
    1.10 Mapping alt-keys		|:map-alt-keys|
-   1.11 Mapping an operator		|:map-operator|
+   1.11 Mapping in modifyOtherKeys mode	|modifyOtherKeys|
+   1.12 Mapping an operator		|:map-operator|
 2. Abbreviations		|abbreviations|
 3. Local mappings and functions	|script-local|
 4. User-defined commands	|user-commands|
@@ -357,6 +358,8 @@ Some commands work both in Insert mode and Command-line mode, some not:
 :cmap  :cnoremap  :cunmap  :cmapclear	     -	       yes	   -
 :lmap  :lnoremap  :lunmap  :lmapclear	    yes*       yes*	  yes*
 
+* If 'iminsert' is 1, see |language-mapping| below.
+
 The original Vi did not have separate mappings for
 Normal/Visual/Operator-pending mode and for Insert/Command-line mode.
 Therefore the ":map" and ":map!" commands enter and display mappings for
@@ -777,6 +780,9 @@ In the GUI Vim handles the Alt key itself, thus mapping keys with ALT should
 always work.  But in a terminal Vim gets a sequence of bytes and has to figure
 out whether ALT was pressed or not.
 
+If the terminal supports the modifyOtherKeys mode and it has been enabled,
+then Vim can recognize more key combinations, see |modifyOtherKeys| below.
+
 By default Vim assumes that pressing the ALT key sets the 8th bit of a typed
 character.  Most decent terminals can work that way, such as xterm, aterm and
 rxvt.  If your <A-k> mappings don't work it might be that the terminal is
@@ -814,7 +820,39 @@ on the terminal; that's a good last resource in case you want to send ESC when
 using other applications but not when inside Vim.
 
 
-1.11 MAPPING AN OPERATOR				*:map-operator*
+1.11 MAPPING IN modifyOtherKeys mode			*modifyOtherKeys*
+
+Xterm and a few other terminals can be put in a mode where keys with modifiers
+are sent with a special escape code.  Vim recognizes these codes and can then
+make a difference between CTRL-H and Backspace, even when Backspace sends the
+character 8.  And many more special keys.
+
+For xterm modifyOtherKeys is enabled in the builtin termcap entry.  If this is
+not used you can enable modifyOtherKeys with these lines in your vimrc: >
+      let &t_TI = "\<Esc>[>4;2m"
+      let &t_TE = "\<Esc>[>4;m"
+
+In case the modifyOtherKeys mode causes problems you can disable it: >
+      let &t_TI = ""
+      let &t_TE = ""
+It does not take effect immediately.  To have this work without restarting Vim
+execute a shell command, e.g.: `!ls`  Or put the lines in your |vimrc|.
+
+When modifyOtherKeys is enabled you can map <C-[> and <C-S-{>: >
+	imap <C-[> [[[
+	imap <C-S-{> {{{
+Without modifyOtherKeys <C-[> and <C-S-{> are indistinguishable from Esc.
+
+A known side effect effect is that in Insert mode the raw escape sequence is
+inserted after the CTRL-V key.  This can be used to check whether
+modifyOtherKeys is enabled: In Insert mode type CTRL-V CTRL-V, if you get
+one byte then modifyOtherKeys is off, if you get <1b>27;5;118~ then it is on.
+
+When the 'esckeys' option is off, then modifyOtherKeys will be disabled in
+Insert mode to avoid every key with a modifier causing Insert mode to end.
+
+
+1.12 MAPPING AN OPERATOR				*:map-operator*
 
 An operator is used before a {motion} command.  To define your own operator
 you must create mapping that first sets the 'operatorfunc' option and then

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 23
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Oct 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ try to solve the memory shortage.  To stay on the safe side, exit Vim and
 start again.
 
 If this happens while Vim is still initializing, editing files is very
-unlikely to work, therefore Vim will exit with value 123. 
+unlikely to work, therefore Vim will exit with value 123.
 
 Buffers are only partly kept in memory, thus editing a very large file is
 unlikely to cause an out-of-memory situation.  Undo information is completely
@@ -582,7 +582,8 @@ allowed for the command that was used.
 Vim was not able to create a swap file.  You can still edit the file, but if
 Vim unexpectedly exits the changes will be lost.  And Vim may consume a lot of
 memory when editing a big file.  You may want to change the 'directory' option
-to avoid this error.  See |swap-file|.
+to avoid this error.  This error is not given when 'directory' is empty.  See
+|swap-file|.
 
 							*E140*  >
   Use ! to write partial buffer

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 02
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -227,6 +227,12 @@ g^			When lines wrap ('wrap' on): To the first non-blank
 gm			Like "g0", but half a screenwidth to the right (or as
 			much as possible).
 
+							*gM*
+gM			Like "g0", but to halfway the text of the line.
+			With a count: to this percentage of text in the line.
+			Thus "10gM" is near the start of the text and "90gM"
+			is near the end of the text.
+
 							*g$* *g<End>*
 g$ or g<End>		When lines wrap ('wrap' on): To the last character of
 			the screen line and [count - 1] screen lines downward
@@ -958,6 +964,7 @@ These commands are not marks themselves, but jump to a mark:
 			- numbered marks '0 - '9
 			- last insert position '^
 			- last change position '.
+			- last affected text area '[ and ']
 			- the Visual area '< and '>
 			- line numbers in placed signs
 			- line numbers in quickfix positions

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 18
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -496,10 +496,11 @@ to set options automatically for one or more files:
 
 					*modeline* *vim:* *vi:* *ex:* *E520*
 There are two forms of modelines.  The first form:
-	[text]{white}{vi:|vim:|ex:}[white]{options}
+	[text{white}]{vi:|vim:|ex:}[white]{options}
 
-[text]			any text or empty
-{white}			at least one blank character (<Space> or <Tab>)
+[text{white}]		empty or any text followed by at least one blank
+			character (<Space> or <Tab>); "ex:" always requires at
+			least one blank character
 {vi:|vim:|ex:}		the string "vi:", "vim:" or "ex:"
 [white]			optional white space
 {options}		a list of option settings, separated with white space
@@ -856,7 +857,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		:set background&
 <	Vim will guess the value.  In the GUI this should work correctly,
 	in other cases Vim might not be able to guess the right value.
-	If the GUI supports a dark them, you can use the "d" flag in
+	If the GUI supports a dark theme, you can use the "d" flag in
 	'guioptions', see 'go-d'.
 
 	When the |t_RB| option is set, Vim will use it to request the background
@@ -1195,7 +1196,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		    (mostly used in |Normal-mode| or |Cmdline-mode|).
 	esc	    hitting <Esc> in |Normal-mode|.
 	ex	    In |Visual-mode|, hitting |Q| results in an error.
-	hangul	    Error occurred when using hangul input.
+	hangul	    Ignored.
 	insertmode  Pressing <Esc> in 'insertmode'.
 	lang	    Calling the beep module for Lua/Mzscheme/TCL.
 	mess	    No output available for |g<|.
@@ -1685,8 +1686,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'comments' 'com'	string	(default
 				"s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://,b:#,:%,:XCOMM,n:>,fb:-")
 			local to buffer
-			{not available when compiled without the |+comments|
-			feature}
 	A comma separated list of strings that can start a comment line.  See
 	|format-comments|.  See |option-backslash| about using backslashes to
 	insert a space.
@@ -1879,7 +1878,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'completeslash'* *'csl'*
 'completeslash' 'csl'	string	(default: "")
 			local to buffer
-			{not in Vi}  {only for MS-Windows}
+			{only for MS-Windows}
 	When this option is set it overrules 'shellslash' for completion:
 	- When this option is set to "slash", a forward slash is used for path
 	  completion in insert mode. This is useful when editing HTML tag, or
@@ -1919,7 +1918,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		    completion in a popup window.  Only works in combination
 		    with "menu" or "menuone".  Overrides "preview".
 		    See |'completepopup'| for specifying properties.
-		    {only works when compiled with the +textprop feature}
+		    {only works when compiled with the |+textprop| feature}
+
+	   popuphidden
+		    Just like "popup" but initially hide the popup.  Use a
+		    |CompleteChanged| autocommand to fetch the info and call
+		    |popup_show()| once the popup has been filled.
+		    See the example at |complete-popuphidden|.
+		    {only works when compiled with the |+textprop| feature}
 
 	   noinsert Do not insert any text for a match until the user selects
 		    a match from the menu. Only works in combination with
@@ -2472,7 +2478,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'cursorlineopt'* *'culopt'*
 'cursorlineopt' 'culopt' string (default: "number,line")
 			local to window
-			{not in Vi}
 			{not available when compiled without the |+syntax|
 			feature}
 	Comma separated list of settings for how 'cursorline' is displayed.
@@ -2587,7 +2592,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	security reasons.
 
 						*'dip'* *'diffopt'*
-'diffopt' 'dip'		string	(default "internal,filler")
+'diffopt' 'dip'		string	(default "internal,filler,closeoff")
 			global
 			{not available when compiled without the |+diff|
 			feature}
@@ -2646,6 +2651,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		vertical	Start diff mode with vertical splits (unless
 				explicitly specified otherwise).
 
+		closeoff	When a window is closed where 'diff' is set
+				and there is only one window remaining in the
+				same tab page with 'diff' set, execute
+				`:diffoff` in that window.  This undoes a
+				`:diffsplit` command.
+
 		hiddenoff	Do not use diff mode for a buffer when it
 				becomes hidden.
 
@@ -2696,7 +2707,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	- The swap file will be created in the first directory where this is
 	  possible.
 	- Empty means that no swap file will be used (recovery is
-	  impossible!).
+	  impossible!) and no |E303| error will be given.
 	- A directory "." means to put the swap file in the same directory as
 	  the edited file.  On Unix, a dot is prepended to the file name, so
 	  it doesn't show in a directory listing.  On MS-Windows the "hidden"
@@ -2929,6 +2940,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	won't work by default.
 	NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
+	NOTE: when this option is off then the |modifyOtherKeys| functionality
+	is disabled while in Insert mode to avoid ending Insert mode with any
+	key that has a modifier.
 
 						*'eventignore'* *'ei'*
 'eventignore' 'ei'	string	(default "")
@@ -3919,6 +3933,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				     "8:SpecialKey,~:EndOfBuffer,@:NonText,
 				     d:Directory,e:ErrorMsg,i:IncSearch,
 				     l:Search,m:MoreMsg,M:ModeMsg,n:LineNr,
+				     a:LineNrAbove,b:LineNrBelow,
 				     N:CursorLineNr,r:Question,s:StatusLine,
 				     S:StatusLineNC,c:VertSplit,t:Title,
 				     v:Visual,V:VisualNOS,w:WarningMsg,
@@ -3950,6 +3965,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|hl-ModeMsg|	 M  Mode (e.g., "-- INSERT --")
 	|hl-LineNr|	 n  line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and
 			    when 'number' or 'relativenumber' option is set.
+	|hl-LineNrAbove|   a  line number above the cursor for when the
+			    'relativenumber' option is set.
+	|hl-LineNrBelow|   b  line number below the cursor for when the
+			    'relativenumber' option is set.
 	|hl-CursorLineNr|  N like n for when 'cursorline' or 'relativenumber' is
 			    set.
 	|hl-Question|	 r  |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions
@@ -5187,12 +5206,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'mouse'* *E538*
 'mouse'			string	(default "", "a" for GUI, MS-DOS and Win32,
-						 set to "a" in |defaults.vim|)
+					set to "a" or "nvi" in |defaults.vim|)
 			global
-	Enable the use of the mouse.  Only works for certain terminals
-	(xterm, MS-DOS, Win32 |win32-mouse|, QNX pterm, *BSD console with
-	sysmouse and Linux console with gpm).  For using the mouse in the
-	GUI, see |gui-mouse|.
+	Enable the use of the mouse.  Works for most terminals (xterm, MS-DOS,
+	Win32 |win32-mouse|, QNX pterm, *BSD console with sysmouse and Linux
+	console with gpm).  For using the mouse in the GUI, see |gui-mouse|.
 	The mouse can be enabled for different modes:
 		n	Normal mode and Terminal modes
 		v	Visual mode
@@ -5203,7 +5221,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		r	for |hit-enter| and |more-prompt| prompt
 	Normally you would enable the mouse in all five modes with: >
 		:set mouse=a
-<	When the mouse is not enabled, the GUI will still use the mouse for
+<	If your terminal can't overrule the mouse events going to the
+	application, use: >
+		:set mouse=nvi
+<	The you can press ":", select text for the system, and press Esc to go
+	back to Vim using the mouse events.
+	In |defaults.vim| "nvi" is used if the 'term' option is not matching
+	"xterm".
+
+	When the mouse is not enabled, the GUI will still use the mouse for
 	modeless selection.  This doesn't move the text cursor.
 
 	See |mouse-using|.  Also see |'clipboard'|.
@@ -5222,6 +5248,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	mouse pointer is moved to the window with keyboard focus.  Off is the
 	default because it makes using the pull down menus a little goofy, as
 	a pointer transit may activate a window unintentionally.
+	MS-Windows: Also see 'scrollfocus' for what window is scrolled when
+	using the mouse scroll whel.
 
 			*'mousehide'* *'mh'* *'nomousehide'* *'nomh'*
 'mousehide' 'mh'	boolean	(default on)
@@ -6266,6 +6294,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	file.  This means that ":split | edit file" results in two windows
 	with scroll-binding, but ":split file" does not.
 
+			*'scrollfocus'* *'scf'* *'noscrollfocus'* *'noscf'*
+'scrollfocus' 'scf'	boolean  (default off)
+			global
+			{only for MS-Windows GUI}
+	When using the scroll wheel and this option is set, the window under
+	the mouse pointer is scrolled.  With this option off the current
+	window is scrolled.
+	Systems other than MS-Windows always behave like this option is on.
+
 						*'scrolljump'* *'sj'*
 'scrolljump' 'sj'	number	(default 1)
 			global
@@ -6437,8 +6474,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	See |option-backslash| about including spaces and backslashes.
 	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
 
-	If the name of the shell contains a space, you might need to enclose
-	it in quotes or escape the space.  Example with quotes: >
+	If the name of the shell contains a space, you need to enclose it in
+	quotes and escape the space.  Example with quotes: >
 		:set shell=\"c:\program\ files\unix\sh.exe\"\ -f
 <	Note the backslash before each quote (to avoid starting a comment) and
 	each space (to avoid ending the option value).  Also note that the
@@ -6493,10 +6530,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	For Unix the default it "| tee".  The stdout of the compiler is saved
 	in a file and echoed to the screen.  If the 'shell' option is "csh" or
 	"tcsh" after initializations, the default becomes "|& tee".  If the
-	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "mksh", "pdksh", "zsh" or "bash" the
-	default becomes "2>&1| tee".  This means that stderr is also included.
-	Before using the 'shell' option a path is removed, thus "/bin/sh" uses
-	"sh".
+	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "mksh", "pdksh", "zsh", "zsh-beta",
+	"bash" or "fish" the default becomes "2>&1| tee".  This means that
+	stderr is also included.  Before using the 'shell' option a path is
+	removed, thus "/bin/sh" uses "sh".
 	The initialization of this option is done after reading the ".vimrc"
 	and the other initializations, so that when the 'shell' option is set
 	there, the 'shellpipe' option changes automatically, unless it was
@@ -6536,13 +6573,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The name of the temporary file can be represented by "%s" if necessary
 	(the file name is appended automatically if no %s appears in the value
 	of this option).
-	The default is ">".  For Unix, if the 'shell' option is "csh", "tcsh"
-	or "zsh" during initializations, the default becomes ">&".  If the
-	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh" or "bash" the default becomes
-	">%s 2>&1".  This means that stderr is also included.
-	For Win32, the Unix checks are done and additionally "cmd" is checked
-	for, which makes the default ">%s 2>&1".  Also, the same names with
-	".exe" appended are checked for.
+	The default is ">".  For Unix, if the 'shell' option is "csh" or
+	"tcsh" during initializations, the default becomes ">&".  If the
+	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "mksh", "pdksh", "zsh", "zsh-beta",
+	"bash" or "fish", the default becomes ">%s 2>&1".  This means that
+	stderr is also included.  For Win32, the Unix checks are done and
+	additionally "cmd" is checked for, which makes the default ">%s 2>&1".
+	Also, the same names with ".exe" appended are checked for.
 	The initialization of this option is done after reading the ".vimrc"
 	and the other initializations, so that when the 'shell' option is set
 	there, the 'shellredir' option changes automatically unless it was
@@ -6722,7 +6759,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'showbreak'* *'sbr'* *E595*
 'showbreak' 'sbr'	string	(default "")
-			global
+			global or local to window |global-local|
 			{not available when compiled without the |+linebreak|
 			feature}
 	String to put at the start of lines that have been wrapped.  Useful
@@ -6739,7 +6776,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Note that tabs after the showbreak will be displayed differently.
 	If you want the 'showbreak' to appear in between line numbers, add the
 	"n" flag to 'cpoptions'.
-
+	A window-local value overrules a global value.  If the global value is
+	set and you want no value in the current window use NONE: >
+		:setlocal showbreak=NONE
+<
 				     *'showcmd'* *'sc'* *'noshowcmd'* *'nosc'*
 'showcmd' 'sc'		boolean	(Vim default: on, off for Unix,
 				       Vi default: off, set in |defaults.vim|)
@@ -7215,7 +7255,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	{ NF  Evaluate expression between '%{' and '}' and substitute result.
 	      Note that there is no '%' before the closing '}'.  The
 	      expression cannot contain a '}' character, call a function to
-	      work around that.
+	      work around that.  See |stl-%{| below.
 	( -   Start of item group.  Can be used for setting the width and
 	      alignment of a section.  Must be followed by %) somewhere.
 	) -   End of item group.  No width fields allowed.
@@ -7249,13 +7289,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		:set statusline=...%(\ [%M%R%H]%)...
 <	Beware that an expression is evaluated each and every time the status
 	line is displayed.
-					*g:actual_curbuf* *g:actual_curwin*
-	The current buffer and current window will be set temporarily to that
-	of the window (and buffer) whose statusline is currently being drawn.
-	The expression will evaluate in this context.  The variable
-	"g:actual_curbuf" is set to the `bufnr()` number of the real current
-	buffer and "g:actual_curwin" to the |window-ID| of the real current
-	window.  These values are strings.
+				*stl-%{* *g:actual_curbuf* *g:actual_curwin*
+	While evaluationg %{} the current buffer and current window will be
+	set temporarily to that of the window (and buffer) whose statusline is
+	currently being drawn.  The expression will evaluate in this context.
+	The variable "g:actual_curbuf" is set to the `bufnr()` number of the
+	real current buffer and "g:actual_curwin" to the |window-ID| of the
+	real current window.  These values are strings.
 
 	The 'statusline' option will be evaluated in the |sandbox| if set from
 	a modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
@@ -7377,6 +7417,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   vsplit	Just like "split" but split vertically.
 	   newtab	Like "split", but open a new tab page.  Overrules
 			"split" when both are present.
+	   uselast	If included, jump to the previously used window when
+			jumping to errors with |quickfix| commands.
 
 						*'synmaxcol'* *'smc'*
 'synmaxcol' 'smc'	number	(default 3000)
@@ -8177,8 +8219,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						Win32 and OS/2)
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 	Maximum number of changes that can be undone.  Since undo information
-	is kept in memory, higher numbers will cause more memory to be used
-	(nevertheless, a single change can use an unlimited amount of memory).
+	is kept in memory, higher numbers will cause more memory to be used.
+	Nevertheless, a single change can already use a large amount of memory.
 	Set to 0 for Vi compatibility: One level of undo and "u" undoes
 	itself: >
 		set ul=0
@@ -8684,6 +8726,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			complete first match.
 	"list:longest"	When more than one match, list all matches and
 			complete till longest common string.
+	"list:lastused" When more than one buffer matches, sort buffers
+			by time last used (other than the current buffer).
 	When there is only a single match, it is fully completed in all cases.
 
 	Examples: >
@@ -8907,6 +8951,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	fail (and make sure not to exit Vim until the write was successful).
 	See |backup-table| for another explanation.
 	When the 'backupskip' pattern matches, a backup is not made anyway.
+	Depending on 'backupcopy' the backup is a new file or the original
+	file renamed (and a new file is written).
 	NOTE: This option is set to the default value when 'compatible' is
 	set.
 

runtime/doc/os_390.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_390.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2016 Feb 27
+*os_390.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Ralf Schandl
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ There is no solution for this yet.
 
 - No glib/gtk support.  I have not been able to successfully compile glib on
   z/OS UNIX.  This means you'll have to live without the pretty gtk toolbar.
- 
+
 Disabled at compile time:
     - Multibyte support         (|multibyte|)
     - Right-to-left mode        (|rileft|)

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ N			Repeat the latest "/" or "?" [count] times in
 				4. the first non-blank word after the cursor,
 				   in the current line
 			Only whole keywords are searched for, like with the
-			command "/\<keyword\>".  |exclusive| 
+			command "/\<keyword\>".  |exclusive|
 			'ignorecase' is used, 'smartcase' is not.
 
 							*#*

runtime/doc/pi_logipat.txt

@@ -41,7 +41,6 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2015 by Charles E. Campbell	*logiPat-copyright*
 		is performed and echoed onto the display.
 
 	:LogiPatFlags {search flags}			*LogiPat-flags*
-		:LogiPatFlags {search flags}
 		LogiPat uses the |search()| command.  The flags
 		passed to that call to search() may be specified
 		by the :LogiPatFlags command.
@@ -105,7 +104,7 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2015 by Charles E. Campbell	*logiPat-copyright*
 
 
 ==============================================================================
-3. LogiPat History					*logiPat-history*
+5. LogiPat History					*logiPat-history*
 
 	v4 Jun 22, 2015 * LogiPat has been picked up by Bram M for standard
 			  plugin distribution; hence the name change

runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 17
+*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 09
 
 	    ------------------------------------------------
 	    NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL    by Charles E. Campbell
@@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ One may easily "bookmark" the currently browsed directory by using >
 								*.netrwbook*
 Bookmarks are retained in between sessions of vim in a file called .netrwbook
 as a |List|, which is typically stored in the first directory on the user's
-'runtimepath'; entries are kept in sorted order.
+runtimepath'; entries are kept in sorted order.
 
 If there are marked files and/or directories, mb will add them to the bookmark
 list.
@@ -3512,7 +3512,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 			- Click "Add..."
 			- Set External Editor (adjust path as needed, include
 			  the quotes and !.! at the end):
-			    "c:\Program Files\Vim\vim70\gvim.exe" !.!
+			    "c:\Program Files\Vim\vim81\gvim.exe" !.!
 			- Check that the filetype in the box below is
 			  {asterisk}.{asterisk} (all files), or whatever types
 			  you want (cec: change {asterisk} to * ; I had to
@@ -3762,8 +3762,8 @@ by obtaining a copy of the latest (often developmental) netrw at:
 
 The <netrw.vim> script is typically installed on systems as something like:
 >
-	/usr/local/share/vim/vim7x/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim
-	/usr/local/share/vim/vim7x/autoload/netrw.vim
+	/usr/local/share/vim/vim8x/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim
+	/usr/local/share/vim/vim8x/autoload/netrw.vim
 		(see output of :echo &rtp)
 <
 which is loaded automatically at startup (assuming :set nocp).  If you
@@ -3842,6 +3842,18 @@ netrw:
 ==============================================================================
 12. History						*netrw-history* {{{1
 
+	v167:	Nov 29, 2019	* netrw does a save&restore on @* and @+.
+				  That causes problems with the clipboard.
+				  Now restores occurs only if @* or @+ have
+				  been changed.
+				* netrw will change @* or @+ less often.
+				  Never if I happen to have caught all the
+				  operations that modify the unnamed
+				  register (which also writes @*).
+				* Modified hiding behavior so that "s"
+				  will not ignore hiding.
+	v166:	Nov 06, 2019	* Removed a space from a nmap for "-"
+				* Numerous debugging statement changes
 	v163:	Dec 05, 2017	* (Cristi Balan) reported that a setting ('sel')
 				  was left changed
 				* (Holger Mitschke) reported a problem with
@@ -3852,6 +3864,8 @@ netrw:
 				* (Holger Mitschke) amended this help file
 				  with additional |g:netrw_special_syntax|
 				  items
+				* Prioritized wget over curl for
+				  g:netrw_http_cmd
 	v162:	Sep 19, 2016	* (haya14busa) pointed out two syntax errors
 				  with a patch; these are now fixed.
 		Oct 26, 2016	* I started using mate-terminal and found that
@@ -4285,4 +4299,4 @@ netrw:
 
 ==============================================================================
 Modelines: {{{1
- vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:fdm=marker
+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:fdm=marker

runtime/doc/popup.txt

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 25
+*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
 
 
-Displaying text in a floating window.			*popup* *popup-window*
+Displaying text in a floating window.	*popup* *popup-window* *popupwin*
 
 
 1. Introduction			|popup-intro|
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Displaying text in a floating window.			*popup* *popup-window*
 4. Examples			|popup-examples|
 
 
-{not available if the |+textprop| feature was disabled at compile time}
+{not available if the |+popupwin| feature was disabled at compile time}
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Introduction						*popup-intro*
@@ -186,6 +186,8 @@ popup_atcursor({what}, {options})			*popup_atcursor()*
 				\ moved: 'WORD',
 				\ })
 <		Use {options} to change the properties.
+		If "pos" is passed as "topleft" then the default for "line"
+		becomes "cursor+1".
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetText()->popup_atcursor({})
@@ -305,8 +307,9 @@ popup_findinfo()					*popup_findinfo()*
 		Get the |window-ID| for the popup info window, as it used by
 		the popup menu.  See |complete-popup|.  The info popup is
 		hidden when not used, it can be deleted with |popup_clear()|
-		and |popup_close()|.
-		Return zero if there is none.
+		and |popup_close()|.  Use |popup_show()| to reposition it to
+		the item in the popup menu.
+		Returns zero if there is none.
 
 
 popup_findpreview()					*popup_findpreview()*
@@ -314,7 +317,6 @@ popup_findpreview()					*popup_findpreview()*
 		Return zero if there is none.
 
 
-
 popup_getoptions({id})					*popup_getoptions()*
 		Return the {options} for popup {id} in a Dict.
 		A zero value means the option was not set.  For "zindex" the
@@ -361,7 +363,9 @@ popup_getpos({id})					*popup_getpos()*
 		    core_width	width of the text box in screen cells
 		    core_height	height of the text box in screen cells
 		    firstline	line of the buffer at top (1 unless scrolled)
-		    		(not the value of the "firstline" property)
+				(not the value of the "firstline" property)
+		    lastline	line of the buffer at the bottom (updated when
+				the popup is redrawn)
 		    scrollbar	non-zero if a scrollbar is displayed
 		    visible	one if the popup is displayed, zero if hidden
 		Note that these are the actual screen positions.  They differ
@@ -474,6 +478,8 @@ popup_notification({what}, {options})			 *popup_notification()*
 popup_show({id})						*popup_show()*
 		If {id} is a hidden popup, show it now.
 		For {id} see `popup_hide()`.
+		If {id} is the info popup it will be positioned next to the
+		current popup menu item.
 
 
 popup_setoptions({id}, {options})			*popup_setoptions()*
@@ -563,6 +569,11 @@ The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 			Alternatively "center" can be used to position the
 			popup in the center of the Vim window, in which case
 			"line" and "col" are ignored.
+	posinvert	When FALSE the value of "pos" is always used.  When
+			TRUE (the default) and the popup does not fit
+			vertically and there is more space on the other side
+			then the popup is placed on the other side of the
+			position indicated by "line".
 	textprop	When present the popup is positioned next to a text
 			property with this name and will move when the text
 			property moves.  Use an empty string to remove.  See
@@ -680,8 +691,15 @@ The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 			- "expr": if the cursor moved outside |<cexpr>|
 			- [{start}, {end}]: if the cursor moved before column
 			  {start} or after {end}
+			- [{lnum}, {start}, {end}]: if the cursor moved away
+			  from line {lnum}, before column {start} or after
+			  {end}
+			- [0, 0, 0] do not close the popup when the cursor
+			  moves
 			The popup also closes if the cursor moves to another
 			line or to another window.
+	mousemoved	Like "moved" but referring to the mouse pointer
+			position
 	cursorline	non-zero: Highlight the cursor line. Also scrolls the
 				  text to show this line (only works properly
 				  when 'wrap' is off).
@@ -744,22 +762,22 @@ is inserted or deleted.  The popup functions like a tooltip.
 These steps are needed to make this work:
 
 - Define a text property type, it defines the name. >
-  	call prop_type_add('popupMarker', {})
+	call prop_type_add('popupMarker', {})
 
 - Place a text property at the desired text: >
 	let lnum = {line of the text}
 	let col = {start column of the text}
 	let len = {length of the text}
 	let propId = {arbitrary but unique number}
-  	call prop_add(lnum, col, #{
+	call prop_add(lnum, col, #{
 		\ length: len,
 		\ type: 'popupMarker',
 		\ id: propId,
 		\ })
 
 - Create a popup: >
-  	let winid = popup_create('the text', #{
-		\ pos: 'botleft', 
+	let winid = popup_create('the text', #{
+		\ pos: 'botleft',
 		\ textprop: 'popupMarker',
 		\ textpropid: propId,
 		\ border: [],
@@ -799,7 +817,7 @@ Some hints:
   a click, as in the example above, helps for that.
 - If the text property is removed the popup is closed.  Use something like
   this: >
-  	call prop_remove(#{type: 'popupMarker', id: propId})
+	call prop_remove(#{type: 'popupMarker', id: propId})
 
 
 POPUP FILTER						*popup-filter*
@@ -844,9 +862,8 @@ Some recommended key actions:
 	cursor keys	select another entry
 	Tab		accept current suggestion
 
-A mouse click arrives as <LeftMouse>.  The coordinates are in
-v:mouse_popup_col and v:mouse_popup_row.  The top-left screen cell of the
-popup is col 1, row 1 (not counting the border).
+A mouse click arrives as <LeftMouse>.  The coordinates can be obtained with
+|getmousepos()|.
 
 Vim provides standard filters |popup_filter_menu()| and
 |popup_filter_yesno()|.

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 06
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
 							*:cex* *:cexpr* *E777*
 :cex[pr][!] {expr}	Create a quickfix list using the result of {expr} and
 			jump to the first error.
-			If {expr} is a String, then each new-line terminated
+			If {expr} is a String, then each newline terminated
 			line in the String is processed using the global value
 			of 'errorformat' and the result is added to the
 			quickfix list.
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
 				etc.
 <			When the current file can't be |abandon|ed and the [!]
 			is not present, the command fails.
-			When an error is detected execution stops.
+			When going to the next entry fails execution stops.
 			The last buffer (or where an error occurred) becomes
 			the current buffer.
 			{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
@@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ id-utils) in a similar way to its compiler integration (see |:make| above).
 			allowed with |:bufdo|.
 			An example that uses the argument list and avoids
 			errors for files without matches: >
-                                :silent argdo try 
+                                :silent argdo try
 				  \ | grepadd! something %
 				  \ | catch /E480:/
 				  \ | endtry"

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 20
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -47,6 +47,7 @@ N is used to indicate an optional count that can be given before the command.
 |g$|	N  g$		to last character in screen line (differs from "$"
 			   when lines wrap)
 |gm|	   gm		to middle of the screen line
+|gM|	   gM		to middle of the line
 |bar|	N  |		to column N (default: 1)
 |f|	N  f{char}	to the Nth occurrence of {char} to the right
 |F|	N  F{char}	to the Nth occurrence of {char} to the left
@@ -291,7 +292,7 @@ moving around:
 |i_CTRL-A|	CTRL-A		  insert previously inserted text
 |i_CTRL-@|	CTRL-@		  insert previously inserted text and stop
 				     Insert mode
-|i_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {0-9a-z%#:.-="}  insert the contents of a register
+|i_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {register} insert the contents of a register
 
 |i_CTRL-N|	CTRL-N		  insert next match of identifier before the
 				     cursor
@@ -626,7 +627,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'bioskey'	  'biosk'   MS-DOS: use bios calls for input characters
 'bomb'			    prepend a Byte Order Mark to the file
 'breakat'	  'brk'     characters that may cause a line break
-'breakindent'	  'bri'     wrapped line repeats indent 
+'breakindent'	  'bri'     wrapped line repeats indent
 'breakindentopt'  'briopt'  settings for 'breakindent'
 'browsedir'	  'bsdir'   which directory to start browsing in
 'bufhidden'	  'bh'	    what to do when buffer is no longer in window
@@ -868,6 +869,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'runtimepath'	  'rtp'     list of directories used for runtime files
 'scroll'	  'scr'     lines to scroll with CTRL-U and CTRL-D
 'scrollbind'	  'scb'     scroll in window as other windows scroll
+'scrollfocus'	  'scf'     scroll wheel applies to window under pointer
 'scrolljump'	  'sj'	    minimum number of lines to scroll
 'scrolloff'	  'so'	    minimum nr. of lines above and below cursor
 'scrollopt'	  'sbo'     how 'scrollbind' should behave
@@ -1077,8 +1079,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 				      three digits)
 |c_CTRL-K|	CTRL-K {char1} {char2}
 				   enter digraph (See |Q_di|)
-|c_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#:-=}
-				   insert the contents of a register
+|c_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {register}  insert the contents of a register
 
 |c_<Left>|	<Left>/<Right>	   cursor left/right
 |c_<S-Left>|	<S-Left>/<S-Right> cursor one word left/right

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 20
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ The default for [range] is the whole buffer (1,$).  Use "CTRL-C" to interrupt
 the command.  If an error message is given for a line, the command for that
 line is aborted and the global command continues with the next marked or
 unmarked line.
-								*E147* 
+								*E147*
 When the command is used recursively, it only works on one line.  Giving a
 range is then not allowed. This is useful to find all lines that match a
 pattern and do not match another pattern: >
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 			Read Ex commands from {file} in each directory given
 			by 'runtimepath' and/or 'packpath'.  There is no error
 			for non-existing files.
-			
+
 			Example: >
 				:runtime syntax/c.vim
 
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 						*:packl* *:packloadall*
 :packl[oadall][!]	Load all packages in the "start" directory under each
 			entry in 'packpath'.
-			
+
 			First all the directories found are added to
 			'runtimepath', then the plugins found in the
 			directories are sourced.  This allows for a plugin to
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ When Vim starts up, after processing your .vimrc, it scans all directories in
 directories are added to 'runtimepath'.  Then all the plugins are loaded.
 See |packload-two-steps| for how these two steps can be useful.
 
-In the example Vim will find "pack/foo/start/foobar/plugin/foo.vim" and adds 
+In the example Vim will find "pack/foo/start/foobar/plugin/foo.vim" and adds
 "~/.vim/pack/foo/start/foobar" to 'runtimepath'.
 
 If the "foobar" plugin kicks in and sets the 'filetype' to "some", Vim will

runtime/doc/sign.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*sign.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 06
+*sign.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ When signs are defined for a file, Vim will automatically add a column of two
 characters to display them in.  When the last sign is unplaced the column
 disappears again.  This behavior can be changed with the 'signcolumn' option.
 
-The color of the column is set with the SignColumn group |hl-SignColumn|.
-Example to set the color: >
+The color of the column is set with the SignColumn highlight group
+|hl-SignColumn|.  Example to set the color: >
 
 	:highlight SignColumn guibg=darkgrey
 <
@@ -71,6 +71,10 @@ placed in the named group. The sign identifier is unique within a group. The
 sign group allows Vim plugins to use unique signs without interfering with
 other plugins using signs.
 
+To place a sign in a popup window the group name must start with "PopUp".
+Other signs will not show in a popup window.  The group name "PopUpMenu" is
+used by popup windows where 'cursorline' is set.
+
 							*sign-priority*
 Each placed sign is assigned a priority value. When multiple signs are placed
 on the same line, the attributes of the sign with the highest priority is used
@@ -371,7 +375,7 @@ sign_define({list})
 
 		The one argument {list} can be used to define a list of signs.
 		Each list item is a dictionary with the above items in {dict}
-		and a 'name' item for the sign name.
+		and a "name" item for the sign name.
 
 		Returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.  When the one argument
 		{list} is used, then returns a List of values one for each

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 19
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
 the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|).  Usually this works just
 fine.  If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
 directory where the Vim stuff is located.  For example, if your syntax files
-are in the "/usr/vim/vim50/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
-"/usr/vim/vim50".  You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
+are in the "/usr/vim/vim81/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
+"/usr/vim/vim81".  You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
 This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
 will start soon.  See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
 
@@ -476,6 +476,16 @@ conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
 script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
 specifying each command separately.
 
+				    *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
+When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
+as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
+current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
+have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
+differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
+your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
+
+	hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
+<
 							 *g:html_number_lines*
 Default: current 'number' setting.
 When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
@@ -507,8 +517,8 @@ For example: >
 <
 							      *g:html_use_css*
 Default: 1.
-When 1, generate valid HTML 4.01 markup with CSS1 styling, supported in all
-modern browsers and most old browsers.
+When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
+browsers and many old browsers.
 When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
 recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
 forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
@@ -580,23 +590,43 @@ affected in this way as follows:
 Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
 	:let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
 <
-This feature is currently implemented by inserting read-only <input> elements
-into the markup to contain the uncopyable areas. This does not work well in
-all cases. When pasting to some applications which understand HTML, the
-<input> elements also get pasted. But plain-text paste destinations should
-always work.
+The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
+of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
+
+						    *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
+Default: "fallback"
+If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
+
+When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
+uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
+selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
+pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
+invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
+Note: this method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
+browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
+
+When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
+older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
+<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
+to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
+number of browsers, both old and new.
+
+When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
+generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
+Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
+the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
+standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
 
 							   *g:html_no_invalid*
 Default: 0.
-When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, an invalid attribute is
-intentionally inserted into the <input> element for the uncopyable areas. This
-increases the number of applications you can paste to without also pasting the
-<input> elements. Specifically, Microsoft Word will not paste the <input>
-elements if they contain this invalid attribute.
-When 1, no invalid markup is ever intentionally inserted, and the generated
-page should validate. However, be careful pasting into Microsoft Word when
-|g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty; it can be hard to get rid of the <input>
-elements which get pasted.
+When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
+not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
+element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
+in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
+paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
+invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
+<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
+remove afterward.
 
 							 *g:html_hover_unfold*
 Default: 0.
@@ -936,10 +966,12 @@ Basic.
 C							*c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
 
 A few things in C highlighting are optional.  To enable them assign any value
-to the respective variable.  Example: >
+(including zero) to the respective variable.  Example: >
 	:let c_comment_strings = 1
-To disable them use ":unlet".  Example: >
+	:let c_no_bracket_error = 0
+To disable them use `:unlet`.  Example: >
 	:unlet c_comment_strings
+Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
 
 An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
 	:set filetype=cpp
@@ -955,8 +987,8 @@ Variable		Highlight ~
 				except { and } in first column
 				Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
 				can't spot a missing ")".
-*c_curly_error*		highlight a missing }; this forces syncing from the
-			start of the file, can be slow
+*c_curly_error*		highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
+			forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
 *c_no_ansi*		don't do standard ANSI types and constants
 *c_ansi_typedefs*		 ... but do standard ANSI types
 *c_ansi_constants*	 ... but do standard ANSI constants
@@ -1158,6 +1190,26 @@ startup vimrc: >
    :let filetype_w = "cweb"
 
 
+DART						*dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
+
+Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
+used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications.  Dart uses
+a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
+from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
+
+More information about the language and its development environment at the
+official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
+
+dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
+type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
+and comments.  There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
+framework.
+
+Changes, fixes?  Submit an issue or pull request via:
+
+https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
+
+
 DESKTOP					   *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
 
 Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
@@ -1349,26 +1401,26 @@ to your startup file.
 
 EUPHORIA	    *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
 
-Two syntax highlighting files exists for Euphoria. One for Euphoria 
-version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for 
+Two syntax highlighting files exists for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
+version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
 Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
 
-Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/) is still necessary 
-for developing applications for the DOS platform, which Euphoria version 4 
+Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/) is still necessary
+for developing applications for the DOS platform, which Euphoria version 4
 (http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
 
-The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type: 
-    
+The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
+
 	*.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
 	*.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
 
-To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for 
+To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
 auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
 add the following line to your startup file: >
 
 	:let filetype_euphoria="euphoria3"
 
-	or 
+	or
 
 	:let filetype_euphoria="euphoria4"
 
@@ -2721,10 +2773,10 @@ To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
 To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
 `rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
 	let rst_syntax_code_list = {
-		\ 'cpp' = ['cpp', 'c++'],
-                \ 'bash' = ['bash', 'sh'],
+		\ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
+		\ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
 		...
-	}
+	\ }
 
 To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
 	let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
@@ -3485,26 +3537,26 @@ It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
 YAML						*yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
 
 					*g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
-A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving 
-non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on 
-plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string 
-and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point, 
-integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values 
+A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
+non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
+plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
+and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
+integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
 will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
 
 Schema		Description ~
 failsafe	No additional highlighting.
 json		Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
 core		Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
-pyyaml		In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps, 
-		but there are some differences in what is recognized as 
-		numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core 
+pyyaml		In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
+		but there are some differences in what is recognized as
+		numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
 		schema.
 
 Default schema is `core`.
 
-Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the 
-only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only 
+Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
+only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
 difference defined in the syntax file.
 
 
@@ -3606,7 +3658,7 @@ SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING				*:syn-iskeyword*
 
 	clear:		Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
 			buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
-	{option}        Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value. 
+	{option}        Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
 
 	Example: >
   :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
@@ -5051,6 +5103,12 @@ IncSearch	'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
 							*hl-LineNr*
 LineNr		Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
 		or 'relativenumber' option is set.
+							*hl-LineNrAbove*
+LineNrAbove	Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
+		option is set, above the cursor line.
+							*hl-LineNrBelow*
+LineNrBelow	Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
+		option is set, below the cursor line.
 							*hl-CursorLineNr*
 CursorLineNr	Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt' is
 		set to "number" or "both", or 'relativenumber' is set, for

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -663,7 +663,9 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'nosb'	options.txt	/*'nosb'*
 'nosc'	options.txt	/*'nosc'*
 'noscb'	options.txt	/*'noscb'*
+'noscf'	options.txt	/*'noscf'*
 'noscrollbind'	options.txt	/*'noscrollbind'*
+'noscrollfocus'	options.txt	/*'noscrollfocus'*
 'noscs'	options.txt	/*'noscs'*
 'nosecure'	options.txt	/*'nosecure'*
 'nosft'	options.txt	/*'nosft'*
@@ -843,10 +845,12 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'sbr'	options.txt	/*'sbr'*
 'sc'	options.txt	/*'sc'*
 'scb'	options.txt	/*'scb'*
+'scf'	options.txt	/*'scf'*
 'scl'	options.txt	/*'scl'*
 'scr'	options.txt	/*'scr'*
 'scroll'	options.txt	/*'scroll'*
 'scrollbind'	options.txt	/*'scrollbind'*
+'scrollfocus'	options.txt	/*'scrollfocus'*
 'scrolljump'	options.txt	/*'scrolljump'*
 'scrolloff'	options.txt	/*'scrolloff'*
 'scrollopt'	options.txt	/*'scrollopt'*
@@ -1016,6 +1020,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 't_Sb'	term.txt	/*'t_Sb'*
 't_Sf'	term.txt	/*'t_Sf'*
 't_Si'	term.txt	/*'t_Si'*
+'t_TE'	term.txt	/*'t_TE'*
+'t_TI'	term.txt	/*'t_TI'*
 't_Te'	term.txt	/*'t_Te'*
 't_Ts'	term.txt	/*'t_Ts'*
 't_VS'	term.txt	/*'t_VS'*
@@ -1347,6 +1353,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 +perl	various.txt	/*+perl*
 +perl/dyn	various.txt	/*+perl\/dyn*
 +persistent_undo	various.txt	/*+persistent_undo*
++popupwin	various.txt	/*+popupwin*
 +postscript	various.txt	/*+postscript*
 +printer	various.txt	/*+printer*
 +profile	various.txt	/*+profile*
@@ -4041,6 +4048,8 @@ E274	eval.txt	/*E274*
 E275	textprop.txt	/*E275*
 E276	eval.txt	/*E276*
 E277	remote.txt	/*E277*
+E278	popup.txt	/*E278*
+E279	terminal.txt	/*E279*
 E28	syntax.txt	/*E28*
 E280	if_tcl.txt	/*E280*
 E282	starting.txt	/*E282*
@@ -4858,6 +4867,7 @@ InsertChange	autocmd.txt	/*InsertChange*
 InsertCharPre	autocmd.txt	/*InsertCharPre*
 InsertEnter	autocmd.txt	/*InsertEnter*
 InsertLeave	autocmd.txt	/*InsertLeave*
+Integer	eval.txt	/*Integer*
 J	change.txt	/*J*
 Japanese	mbyte.txt	/*Japanese*
 Job	eval.txt	/*Job*
@@ -5030,6 +5040,7 @@ TERM	starting.txt	/*TERM*
 TOhtml-encoding	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-encoding*
 TOhtml-encoding-detect	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-encoding-detect*
 TOhtml-performance	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-performance*
+TOhtml-progress-color	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-progress-color*
 TOhtml-uncopyable-text	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-uncopyable-text*
 TOhtml-wrap-text	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-wrap-text*
 TRUE	eval.txt	/*TRUE*
@@ -5047,6 +5058,7 @@ Terminal-Job	terminal.txt	/*Terminal-Job*
 Terminal-Normal	terminal.txt	/*Terminal-Normal*
 Terminal-mode	terminal.txt	/*Terminal-mode*
 TerminalOpen	autocmd.txt	/*TerminalOpen*
+TerminalWinOpen	autocmd.txt	/*TerminalWinOpen*
 TextChanged	autocmd.txt	/*TextChanged*
 TextChangedI	autocmd.txt	/*TextChangedI*
 TextChangedP	autocmd.txt	/*TextChangedP*
@@ -5275,6 +5287,7 @@ added-7.2	version7.txt	/*added-7.2*
 added-7.3	version7.txt	/*added-7.3*
 added-7.4	version7.txt	/*added-7.4*
 added-8.1	version8.txt	/*added-8.1*
+added-8.2	version8.txt	/*added-8.2*
 added-BeOS	version5.txt	/*added-BeOS*
 added-Mac	version5.txt	/*added-Mac*
 added-VMS	version5.txt	/*added-VMS*
@@ -5310,6 +5323,7 @@ arglist-quit	usr_07.txt	/*arglist-quit*
 arglistid()	eval.txt	/*arglistid()*
 argument-list	editing.txt	/*argument-list*
 argv()	eval.txt	/*argv()*
+argv-variable	eval.txt	/*argv-variable*
 as	motion.txt	/*as*
 asin()	eval.txt	/*asin()*
 asm.vim	syntax.txt	/*asm.vim*
@@ -5546,6 +5560,8 @@ c_CTRL-R_CTRL-O	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
 c_CTRL-R_CTRL-P	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-P*
 c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
 c_CTRL-R_CTRL-W	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-W*
+c_CTRL-SHIFT-Q	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-SHIFT-Q*
+c_CTRL-SHIFT-V	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-SHIFT-V*
 c_CTRL-T	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-T*
 c_CTRL-U	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-U*
 c_CTRL-V	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-V*
@@ -5638,6 +5654,7 @@ changed-7.2	version7.txt	/*changed-7.2*
 changed-7.3	version7.txt	/*changed-7.3*
 changed-7.4	version7.txt	/*changed-7.4*
 changed-8.1	version8.txt	/*changed-8.1*
+changed-8.2	version8.txt	/*changed-8.2*
 changelist	motion.txt	/*changelist*
 changelog.vim	syntax.txt	/*changelog.vim*
 changenr()	eval.txt	/*changenr()*
@@ -5787,8 +5804,10 @@ compl-vim	insert.txt	/*compl-vim*
 compl-whole-line	insert.txt	/*compl-whole-line*
 complete()	eval.txt	/*complete()*
 complete-functions	insert.txt	/*complete-functions*
+complete-item-kind	insert.txt	/*complete-item-kind*
 complete-items	insert.txt	/*complete-items*
 complete-popup	insert.txt	/*complete-popup*
+complete-popuphidden	insert.txt	/*complete-popuphidden*
 complete_CTRL-E	insert.txt	/*complete_CTRL-E*
 complete_CTRL-Y	insert.txt	/*complete_CTRL-Y*
 complete_add()	eval.txt	/*complete_add()*
@@ -5948,6 +5967,7 @@ daB	motion.txt	/*daB*
 daW	motion.txt	/*daW*
 dab	motion.txt	/*dab*
 dap	motion.txt	/*dap*
+dart.vim	syntax.txt	/*dart.vim*
 das	motion.txt	/*das*
 date-functions	usr_41.txt	/*date-functions*
 dav	pi_netrw.txt	/*dav*
@@ -6399,6 +6419,7 @@ ft-csh-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-csh-syntax*
 ft-css-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-css-omni*
 ft-cweb-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cweb-syntax*
 ft-cynlib-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cynlib-syntax*
+ft-dart-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-dart-syntax*
 ft-dash-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-dash-syntax*
 ft-desktop-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-desktop-syntax*
 ft-dircolors-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-dircolors-syntax*
@@ -6444,6 +6465,7 @@ ft-man-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-man-plugin*
 ft-maple-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-maple-syntax*
 ft-masm-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-masm-syntax*
 ft-mathematica-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-mathematica-syntax*
+ft-matlab-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-matlab-indent*
 ft-mma-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-mma-syntax*
 ft-moo-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-moo-syntax*
 ft-msql-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-msql-syntax*
@@ -6634,6 +6656,7 @@ g:html_prevent_copy	syntax.txt	/*g:html_prevent_copy*
 g:html_start_line	syntax.txt	/*g:html_start_line*
 g:html_use_css	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_css*
 g:html_use_encoding	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_encoding*
+g:html_use_input_for_pc	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_input_for_pc*
 g:html_use_xhtml	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_xhtml*
 g:html_whole_filler	syntax.txt	/*g:html_whole_filler*
 g:netrw_altfile	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_altfile*
@@ -6806,6 +6829,7 @@ gF	editing.txt	/*gF*
 gH	visual.txt	/*gH*
 gI	insert.txt	/*gI*
 gJ	change.txt	/*gJ*
+gM	motion.txt	/*gM*
 gN	visual.txt	/*gN*
 gP	change.txt	/*gP*
 gQ	intro.txt	/*gQ*
@@ -6858,6 +6882,7 @@ getlatestvimscripts-install	pi_getscript.txt	/*getlatestvimscripts-install*
 getline()	eval.txt	/*getline()*
 getloclist()	eval.txt	/*getloclist()*
 getmatches()	eval.txt	/*getmatches()*
+getmousepos()	eval.txt	/*getmousepos()*
 getpid()	eval.txt	/*getpid()*
 getpos()	eval.txt	/*getpos()*
 getqflist()	eval.txt	/*getqflist()*
@@ -7091,6 +7116,8 @@ hl-Folded	syntax.txt	/*hl-Folded*
 hl-Ignore	syntax.txt	/*hl-Ignore*
 hl-IncSearch	syntax.txt	/*hl-IncSearch*
 hl-LineNr	syntax.txt	/*hl-LineNr*
+hl-LineNrAbove	syntax.txt	/*hl-LineNrAbove*
+hl-LineNrBelow	syntax.txt	/*hl-LineNrBelow*
 hl-MatchParen	syntax.txt	/*hl-MatchParen*
 hl-Menu	syntax.txt	/*hl-Menu*
 hl-ModeMsg	syntax.txt	/*hl-ModeMsg*
@@ -7115,6 +7142,7 @@ hl-StatusLine	syntax.txt	/*hl-StatusLine*
 hl-StatusLineNC	syntax.txt	/*hl-StatusLineNC*
 hl-StatusLineTerm	syntax.txt	/*hl-StatusLineTerm*
 hl-StatusLineTermNC	syntax.txt	/*hl-StatusLineTermNC*
+hl-TOhtmlProgress	syntax.txt	/*hl-TOhtmlProgress*
 hl-TabLine	syntax.txt	/*hl-TabLine*
 hl-TabLineFill	syntax.txt	/*hl-TabLineFill*
 hl-TabLineSel	syntax.txt	/*hl-TabLineSel*
@@ -7232,6 +7260,7 @@ i_CTRL-R_=	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-R_=*
 i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
 i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P*
 i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
+i_CTRL-SHIFT-V	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-SHIFT-V*
 i_CTRL-T	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-T*
 i_CTRL-U	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-U*
 i_CTRL-V	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-V*
@@ -7293,6 +7322,7 @@ if_ruby.txt	if_ruby.txt	/*if_ruby.txt*
 if_sniff.txt	if_sniff.txt	/*if_sniff.txt*
 if_tcl.txt	if_tcl.txt	/*if_tcl.txt*
 ignore-errors	eval.txt	/*ignore-errors*
+ignore-timestamp	editing.txt	/*ignore-timestamp*
 improved-autocmds-5.4	version5.txt	/*improved-autocmds-5.4*
 improved-quickfix	version5.txt	/*improved-quickfix*
 improved-sessions	version5.txt	/*improved-sessions*
@@ -7360,6 +7390,7 @@ interfaces-5.2	version5.txt	/*interfaces-5.2*
 internal-variables	eval.txt	/*internal-variables*
 internal-wordlist	spell.txt	/*internal-wordlist*
 internet	intro.txt	/*internet*
+interrupt()	eval.txt	/*interrupt()*
 intro	intro.txt	/*intro*
 intro.txt	intro.txt	/*intro.txt*
 inverse	syntax.txt	/*inverse*
@@ -7645,6 +7676,8 @@ matchlist()	eval.txt	/*matchlist()*
 matchparen	pi_paren.txt	/*matchparen*
 matchstr()	eval.txt	/*matchstr()*
 matchstrpos()	eval.txt	/*matchstrpos()*
+matlab-indent	indent.txt	/*matlab-indent*
+matlab-indenting	indent.txt	/*matlab-indenting*
 max()	eval.txt	/*max()*
 mbyte-IME	mbyte.txt	/*mbyte-IME*
 mbyte-XIM	mbyte.txt	/*mbyte-XIM*
@@ -7690,6 +7723,7 @@ modeless-selection	gui.txt	/*modeless-selection*
 modeline	options.txt	/*modeline*
 modeline-local	options.txt	/*modeline-local*
 modeline-version	options.txt	/*modeline-version*
+modifyOtherKeys	map.txt	/*modifyOtherKeys*
 moo.vim	syntax.txt	/*moo.vim*
 more-compatible	version5.txt	/*more-compatible*
 more-prompt	message.txt	/*more-prompt*
@@ -8053,9 +8087,11 @@ new-onemore	version7.txt	/*new-onemore*
 new-operator-mod	version6.txt	/*new-operator-mod*
 new-options-5.2	version5.txt	/*new-options-5.2*
 new-options-5.4	version5.txt	/*new-options-5.4*
+new-other-8.2	version8.txt	/*new-other-8.2*
 new-perl-python	version5.txt	/*new-perl-python*
 new-persistent-undo	version7.txt	/*new-persistent-undo*
 new-plugins	version6.txt	/*new-plugins*
+new-popup-window	version8.txt	/*new-popup-window*
 new-posix	version7.txt	/*new-posix*
 new-print-multi-byte	version7.txt	/*new-print-multi-byte*
 new-printing	version6.txt	/*new-printing*
@@ -8072,6 +8108,7 @@ new-spell	version7.txt	/*new-spell*
 new-style-testing	testing.txt	/*new-style-testing*
 new-tab-pages	version7.txt	/*new-tab-pages*
 new-terminal-window	version8.txt	/*new-terminal-window*
+new-text-properties	version8.txt	/*new-text-properties*
 new-undo-branches	version7.txt	/*new-undo-branches*
 new-unlisted-buffers	version6.txt	/*new-unlisted-buffers*
 new-user-defined	version5.txt	/*new-user-defined*
@@ -8082,10 +8119,10 @@ new-vim-script	version7.txt	/*new-vim-script*
 new-vim-script-8	version8.txt	/*new-vim-script-8*
 new-vim-server	version6.txt	/*new-vim-server*
 new-vimgrep	version7.txt	/*new-vimgrep*
+new-vimscript-8.2	version8.txt	/*new-vimscript-8.2*
 new-virtedit	version6.txt	/*new-virtedit*
 news	intro.txt	/*news*
 nextnonblank()	eval.txt	/*nextnonblank()*
-nice	todo.txt	/*nice*
 no-eval-feature	eval.txt	/*no-eval-feature*
 no-type-checking	eval.txt	/*no-type-checking*
 no_buffers_menu	gui.txt	/*no_buffers_menu*
@@ -8306,6 +8343,7 @@ popup_settext()	popup.txt	/*popup_settext()*
 popup_show()	popup.txt	/*popup_show()*
 popupmenu-completion	insert.txt	/*popupmenu-completion*
 popupmenu-keys	insert.txt	/*popupmenu-keys*
+popupwin	popup.txt	/*popupwin*
 ports-5.2	version5.txt	/*ports-5.2*
 ports-6	version6.txt	/*ports-6*
 posix	vi_diff.txt	/*posix*
@@ -8495,6 +8533,7 @@ quotestar	gui.txt	/*quotestar*
 quote~	change.txt	/*quote~*
 r	change.txt	/*r*
 r.vim	syntax.txt	/*r.vim*
+rand()	eval.txt	/*rand()*
 range()	eval.txt	/*range()*
 raw-terminal-mode	term.txt	/*raw-terminal-mode*
 rcp	pi_netrw.txt	/*rcp*
@@ -8916,6 +8955,7 @@ sqlj	ft_sql.txt	/*sqlj*
 sqlserver	ft_sql.txt	/*sqlserver*
 sqlsettype	ft_sql.txt	/*sqlsettype*
 sqrt()	eval.txt	/*sqrt()*
+srand()	eval.txt	/*srand()*
 sscanf	eval.txt	/*sscanf*
 standard-plugin	usr_05.txt	/*standard-plugin*
 standard-plugin-list	help.txt	/*standard-plugin-list*
@@ -8935,6 +8975,7 @@ state()	eval.txt	/*state()*
 static-tag	tagsrch.txt	/*static-tag*
 status-line	windows.txt	/*status-line*
 statusmsg-variable	eval.txt	/*statusmsg-variable*
+stl-%{	options.txt	/*stl-%{*
 str2float()	eval.txt	/*str2float()*
 str2list()	eval.txt	/*str2list()*
 str2nr()	eval.txt	/*str2nr()*
@@ -8955,6 +8996,7 @@ string-match	eval.txt	/*string-match*
 strlen()	eval.txt	/*strlen()*
 strpart()	eval.txt	/*strpart()*
 strpbrk()	eval.txt	/*strpbrk()*
+strptime()	eval.txt	/*strptime()*
 strrchr()	eval.txt	/*strrchr()*
 strridx()	eval.txt	/*strridx()*
 strspn()	eval.txt	/*strspn()*
@@ -9102,6 +9144,8 @@ t_ST	term.txt	/*t_ST*
 t_Sb	term.txt	/*t_Sb*
 t_Sf	term.txt	/*t_Sf*
 t_Si	term.txt	/*t_Si*
+t_TE	term.txt	/*t_TE*
+t_TI	term.txt	/*t_TI*
 t_Te	term.txt	/*t_Te*
 t_Ts	term.txt	/*t_Ts*
 t_VS	term.txt	/*t_VS*
@@ -9342,6 +9386,7 @@ term_list()	terminal.txt	/*term_list()*
 term_scrape()	terminal.txt	/*term_scrape()*
 term_sendkeys()	terminal.txt	/*term_sendkeys()*
 term_setansicolors()	terminal.txt	/*term_setansicolors()*
+term_setapi()	terminal.txt	/*term_setapi()*
 term_setkill()	terminal.txt	/*term_setkill()*
 term_setrestore()	terminal.txt	/*term_setrestore()*
 term_setsize()	terminal.txt	/*term_setsize()*
@@ -9369,6 +9414,7 @@ termdebug_wide	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_wide*
 terminal	terminal.txt	/*terminal*
 terminal-api	terminal.txt	/*terminal-api*
 terminal-client-server	terminal.txt	/*terminal-client-server*
+terminal-close	terminal.txt	/*terminal-close*
 terminal-colors	os_unix.txt	/*terminal-colors*
 terminal-communication	terminal.txt	/*terminal-communication*
 terminal-cursor-style	terminal.txt	/*terminal-cursor-style*
@@ -9382,6 +9428,7 @@ terminal-functions	usr_41.txt	/*terminal-functions*
 terminal-info	term.txt	/*terminal-info*
 terminal-job-index	index.txt	/*terminal-job-index*
 terminal-key-codes	term.txt	/*terminal-key-codes*
+terminal-mouse	term.txt	/*terminal-mouse*
 terminal-ms-windows	terminal.txt	/*terminal-ms-windows*
 terminal-options	term.txt	/*terminal-options*
 terminal-output-codes	term.txt	/*terminal-output-codes*
@@ -9575,6 +9622,7 @@ utf-8-typing	mbyte.txt	/*utf-8-typing*
 utf8	mbyte.txt	/*utf8*
 v	visual.txt	/*v*
 v:	eval.txt	/*v:*
+v:argv	eval.txt	/*v:argv*
 v:beval_bufnr	eval.txt	/*v:beval_bufnr*
 v:beval_col	eval.txt	/*v:beval_col*
 v:beval_lnum	eval.txt	/*v:beval_lnum*
@@ -9811,6 +9859,7 @@ version-7.3	version7.txt	/*version-7.3*
 version-7.4	version7.txt	/*version-7.4*
 version-8.0	version8.txt	/*version-8.0*
 version-8.1	version8.txt	/*version-8.1*
+version-8.2	version8.txt	/*version-8.2*
 version-variable	eval.txt	/*version-variable*
 version4.txt	version4.txt	/*version4.txt*
 version5.txt	version5.txt	/*version5.txt*
@@ -9823,6 +9872,7 @@ version7.4	version7.txt	/*version7.4*
 version7.txt	version7.txt	/*version7.txt*
 version8.0	version8.txt	/*version8.0*
 version8.1	version8.txt	/*version8.1*
+version8.2	version8.txt	/*version8.2*
 version8.txt	version8.txt	/*version8.txt*
 versionlong-variable	eval.txt	/*versionlong-variable*
 vi	intro.txt	/*vi*
@@ -9838,6 +9888,7 @@ views-sessions	starting.txt	/*views-sessions*
 vim-7.4	version7.txt	/*vim-7.4*
 vim-8	version8.txt	/*vim-8*
 vim-8.1	version8.txt	/*vim-8.1*
+vim-8.2	version8.txt	/*vim-8.2*
 vim-additions	vi_diff.txt	/*vim-additions*
 vim-announce	intro.txt	/*vim-announce*
 vim-arguments	starting.txt	/*vim-arguments*
@@ -10163,6 +10214,7 @@ zz	scroll.txt	/*zz*
 {move-around}	visual.txt	/*{move-around}*
 {offset}	pattern.txt	/*{offset}*
 {pat}	autocmd.txt	/*{pat}*
+{register}	change.txt	/*{register}*
 {rhs}	map.txt	/*{rhs}*
 {subject}	helphelp.txt	/*{subject}*
 {}	intro.txt	/*{}*

runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 10
+*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ files here, it is only supported for backwards compatibility :-).
 
 Lines in Emacs tags files can be very long.  Vim only deals with lines of up
 to about 510 bytes.  To see whether lines are ignored set 'verbose' to 5 or
-higher.
+higher. Non-Emacs tags file lines can be any length.
 
 							*tags-option*
 The 'tags' option is a list of file names.  Each of these files is searched

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 07
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -80,14 +80,19 @@ can do this best in your .vimrc.  Example: >
 <
 						*raw-terminal-mode*
 For normal editing the terminal will be put into "raw" mode.  The strings
-defined with 't_ti' and 't_ks' will be sent to the terminal.  Normally this
-puts the terminal in a state where the termcap codes are valid and activates
-the cursor and function keys.  When Vim exits the terminal will be put back
-into the mode it was before Vim started.  The strings defined with 't_te' and
-'t_ke' will be sent to the terminal.  On the Amiga, with commands that execute
-an external command (e.g., "!!"), the terminal will be put into Normal mode
-for a moment.  This means that you can stop the output to the screen by
-hitting a printing key.  Output resumes when you hit <BS>.
+defined with 't_ti', 't_TI' and 't_ks' will be sent to the terminal.  Normally
+this puts the terminal in a state where the termcap codes are valid and
+activates the cursor and function keys.
+When Vim exits the terminal will be put back into the mode it was before Vim
+started.  The strings defined with 't_te', 't_TE' and 't_ke' will be sent to
+the terminal.  On the Amiga, with commands that execute an external command
+(e.g., "!!"), the terminal will be put into Normal mode for a moment.  This
+means that you can stop the output to the screen by hitting a printing key.
+Output resumes when you hit <BS>.
+
+Note: When 't_ti' is not empty, Vim assumes that it causes switching to the
+alternate screen.  This may slightly change what happens when executing a
+shell command or exiting Vim.  To avoid this use 't_TI' and 't_TE'.
 
 						*xterm-bracketed-paste*
 When the 't_BE' option is set then 't_BE' will be sent to the
@@ -297,8 +302,8 @@ OUTPUT CODES						*terminal-output-codes*
 	t_se	standout end					*t_se* *'t_se'*
 	t_so	standout mode					*t_so* *'t_so'*
 	t_sr	scroll reverse (backward)			*t_sr* *'t_sr'*
-	t_te	out of "termcap" mode				*t_te* *'t_te'*
-	t_ti	put terminal in "termcap" mode			*t_ti* *'t_ti'*
+	t_te	end of "termcap" mode				*t_te* *'t_te'*
+	t_ti	put terminal into "termcap" mode		*t_ti* *'t_ti'*
 	t_ts	set window title start (to status line)		*t_ts* *'t_ts'*
 	t_ue	underline end					*t_ue* *'t_ue'*
 	t_us	underline mode					*t_us* *'t_us'*
@@ -359,6 +364,8 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 	t_RT	restore window title from stack			*t_RT* *'t_RT'*
 	t_Si	save icon text to stack				*t_Si* *'t_Si'*
 	t_Ri	restore icon text from stack			*t_Ri* *'t_Ri'*
+	t_TE	end of "raw" mode				*t_TE* *'t_TE'*
+	t_TI	put terminal into "raw" mode 			*t_TI* *'t_TI'*
 
 Some codes have a start, middle and end part.  The start and end are defined
 by the termcap option, the middle part is text.
@@ -498,7 +505,7 @@ Vim has started, the escape sequences may not be recognized anymore.
 
 							*xterm-true-color*
 Vim supports using true colors in the terminal (taken from |highlight-guifg|
-and |highlight-guibg|), given that the terminal supports this. To make this 
+and |highlight-guibg|), given that the terminal supports this. To make this
 work the 'termguicolors' option needs to be set.
 See https://gist.github.com/XVilka/8346728 for a list of terminals that
 support true colors.
@@ -739,12 +746,21 @@ jump to tags).
 Whether the selection that is started with the mouse is in Visual mode or
 Select mode depends on whether "mouse" is included in the 'selectmode'
 option.
-
+							*terminal-mouse*
 In an xterm, with the currently active mode included in the 'mouse' option,
 normal mouse clicks are used by Vim, mouse clicks with the shift or ctrl key
 pressed go to the xterm.  With the currently active mode not included in
 'mouse' all mouse clicks go to the xterm.
 
+For terminals where it is not possible to have the mouse events be used by the
+terminal itself by using a modifier, a workaround is to not use mouse events
+for Vim in command-line mode: >
+	:set mouse=nvi
+Then to select text with the terminal, use ":" to go to command-line mode,
+select and copy the text to the system, then press Esc.
+
+Another way is to temporarily use ":sh" to run a shell, copy the text, then
+exit the shell.  'mouse' can remain set to "a" then.
 							*xterm-clipboard*
 In the Athena and Motif GUI versions, when running in a terminal and there is
 access to the X-server (DISPLAY is set), the copy and paste will behave like

runtime/doc/terminal.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 26
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ CTRL-W can be used to navigate between windows and other CTRL-W commands, e.g.:
 	CTRL-W :	enter an Ex command
 See |CTRL-W| for more commands.
 
-Special in the terminal window:			*t_CTRL-W_.*  *t_CTRL-W_N* 
+Special in the terminal window:			*t_CTRL-W_.*  *t_CTRL-W_N*
 	CTRL-W .	send a CTRL-W to the job in the terminal
 	CTRL-W CTRL-\	send a CTRL-\ to the job in the terminal
 	CTRL-W N	go to Terminal-Normal mode, see |Terminal-mode|
@@ -193,6 +193,7 @@ Command syntax ~
 			Supported [options] are:
 			++close		The terminal window will close
 					automatically when the job terminates.
+					|terminal-close|
 			++noclose	The terminal window will NOT close
 					automatically when the job terminates.
 			++open		When the job terminates and no window
@@ -209,6 +210,10 @@ Command syntax ~
 					no window will be used.
 			++norestore	Do not include this terminal window
 					in a session file.
+			++shell		Instead of executing {command}
+					directly, use a shell, like with
+					`:!command` 		*E279*
+					{only works on Unix currently}
 			++kill={how}	When trying to close the terminal
 					window kill the job with {how}.  See
 					|term_setkill()| for the values.
@@ -267,6 +272,12 @@ hidden, the job keeps running.  The `:buffer` command can be used to turn the
 current window into a terminal window.  If there are unsaved changes this
 fails, use ! to force, as usual.
 
+							*terminal-close*
+When the terminal window is closed, e.g. when the shell exits and "++close"
+argument was used, and this is the last normal Vim window, then Vim will exit.
+This is like using |:quit| in a normal window. Help and preview windows are
+not counted.
+
 To have a background job run without a window, and open the window when it's
 done, use options like this: >
 	:term ++hidden ++open make
@@ -496,7 +507,7 @@ term_dumpload({filename} [, {options}])
 		For {options} see |term_dumpdiff()|.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
-			GetFilename()-> term_dumpload()
+			GetFilename()->term_dumpload()
 <
 							*term_dumpwrite()*
 term_dumpwrite({buf}, {filename} [, {options}])
@@ -514,7 +525,7 @@ term_dumpwrite({buf}, {filename} [, {options}])
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is used for the file
 		name: >
-			GetFilename()-> term_dumpwrite(bufnr)
+			GetFilename()->term_dumpwrite(bufnr)
 
 term_getaltscreen({buf})				*term_getaltscreen()*
 		Returns 1 if the terminal of {buf} is using the alternate
@@ -863,8 +874,6 @@ term_start({cmd} [, {options}])			*term_start()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetCommand()->term_start()
 
-<		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
-
 
 term_wait({buf} [, {time}])					*term_wait()*
 		Wait for pending updates of {buf} to be handled.
@@ -917,7 +926,7 @@ Currently supported commands:
 
 		Call a user defined function with {argument}.
 		The function is called with two arguments: the buffer number
-		of the terminal and {argument}, the decoded JSON argument. 
+		of the terminal and {argument}, the decoded JSON argument.
 		By default, the function name must start with "Tapi_" to avoid
 		accidentally calling a function not meant to be used for the
 		terminal API.  This can be changed with |term_setapi()|.
@@ -1037,12 +1046,12 @@ file for now, e.g.: >
 
 The test will then fail, giving you the command to compare the reference dump
 and the failed dump, e.g.: >
-	call term_dumpdiff("Test_func.dump.failed", "dumps/Test_func.dump")
+	call term_dumpdiff("failed/Test_func.dump", "dumps/Test_func.dump")
 
 Use this command in Vim, with the current directory set to src/testdir.
 Once you are satisfied with the test, move the failed dump in place of the
 reference: >
-	:!mv Test_func.dump.failed dumps/Test_func.dump
+	:!mv failed/Test_func.dump dumps/Test_func.dump
 
 
 Creating a screen dump ~
@@ -1131,7 +1140,7 @@ program window	A terminal window for the executed program.  When "run" is
 
 The current window is used to show the source code.  When gdb pauses the
 source file location will be displayed, if possible.  A sign is used to
-highlight the current position, using highlight group debugPC.	 
+highlight the current position, using highlight group debugPC.
 
 If the buffer in the current window is modified, another window will be opened
 to display the current gdb position.  You can use `:Winbar` to add a window
@@ -1168,8 +1177,12 @@ Example session ~
 							*termdebug-example*
 Start in the Vim "src" directory and build Vim: >
 	% make
+Make sure that debug symbols are present, usually that means that $CFLAGS
+includes "-g".
+
 Start Vim: >
 	% ./vim
+
 Load the termdebug plugin and start debugging Vim: >
 	:packadd termdebug
 	:Termdebug vim
@@ -1184,7 +1197,7 @@ Put focus on the gdb window and type: >
 	run
 Vim will start running in the program window. Put focus there and type: >
 	:help gui
-Gdb will run into the ex_help breakpoint.  The source window now shows the 
+Gdb will run into the ex_help breakpoint.  The source window now shows the
 ex_cmds.c file.  A red "1 " marker will appear in the signcolumn where the
 breakpoint was set.  The line where the debugger stopped is highlighted.  You
 can now step through the program.  Let's use the mouse: click on the "Next"
@@ -1243,7 +1256,7 @@ gdb:
 
  *:Break*	set a breakpoint at the cursor position
  :Break {position}
- 		set a breakpoint at the specified position
+		set a breakpoint at the specified position
  *:Clear*	delete the breakpoint at the cursor position
 
  *:Step*	execute the gdb "step" command

runtime/doc/textprop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 04
+*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -6,13 +6,6 @@
 
 Displaying text with properties attached.	*textprop* *text-properties*
 
-THIS IS UNDER DEVELOPMENT - ANYTHING MAY STILL CHANGE  *E967*
-
-What is not working yet:
-- Adjusting column/length when inserting text
-- Text properties spanning more than one line
-- prop_find()
-
 
 1. Introduction			|text-prop-intro|
 2. Functions			|text-prop-functions|
@@ -52,11 +45,11 @@ A text property has these fields:
 
 Property Types ~
 							*E971*
-A text property normally has the name of a property type, which defines 
+A text property normally has the name of a property type, which defines
 how to highlight the text.  The property type can have these entries:
 	"highlight"	name of the highlight group to use
-	"combine"	when TRUE the text property highlighting is combined
-			with any syntax highlighting, when omitted or FALSE the
+	"combine"	when omitted or TRUE the text property highlighting is
+			combined with any syntax highlighting; when FALSE the
 			text property highlighting replaces the syntax
 			highlighting
 	"priority"	when properties overlap, the one with the highest
@@ -94,6 +87,12 @@ and/or ends with a specific character, such as the quote surrounding a string.
 Nevertheless, when text is inserted or deleted the text may need to be parsed
 and the text properties updated.  But this can be done asynchronously.
 
+
+Internal error *E967*
+
+If you see E967, please report the bug.  You can do this at Github:
+https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/new
+
 ==============================================================================
 2. Functions						*text-prop-functions*
 

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 19
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -38,40 +38,21 @@ browser use: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/1234
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
-Add test for state().
-Add test for using SafeState and SafeStateAgain autocommand.
-Then plugin can:
-- When callback is invoked and state() returns non-empty, add to work queue
-- When SafeState autocommand event triggers, process work queue
-
-Fix for "x" should be done by fixing "dl" ?  8.1.2052
-
-'completeopt' "popup" variant that uses a callback after the popup has been
-created, so the contents can be changed.  Make it hidden, callback
-or later has to make it visible. #4924  Setting the buffer contents later
-doesn't work well.
-
 Popup windows:
 - Use popup (or popup menu) for command line completion
 - Implement flip option
-- Why does 'nrformats' leak from the popup window buffer???
-  Happens in Test_simple_popup() at the second screendump.
-- For the "moved" property also include mouse movement?
 - Make redrawing more efficient and avoid flicker:
     - put popup menu also in popup_mask?
 - Any other commands to disable in a popup window?
-  Use ERROR_IF_POPUP_WINDOW for more commands.
-- Figure out the size and position better.
-    if wrapping splits a double-wide character
-    if wrapping inserts indent
-- When drawing on top half a double-wide character, display ">" or "<" in the
-  incomplete cell.
+  Use ERROR_IF_POPUP_WINDOW for these.
+- Figure out the size and position better if wrapping inserts indent
 
-Text properties: See comment at top of src/textprop.c.
+Text properties:
+- Implement prop_find() issue #4970
+- Text properties spanning more than one line
+- See remarks at top of src/textprop.c
 
-'incsearch' with :s: (#3321)
-- Get E20 when using command history to get "'<,'>s/a/b" and no Visual area
-  was set. (#3837)
+'incsearch' with :s:
 - :s/foo  using CTRL-G moves to another line, should not happen, or use the
   correct line (it uses the last but one line) (Lifepillar, Aug 18, #3345)
 - :s@pat/tern@ doesn't include "/" in the pattern. (Takahiro Yoshihara, #3637)
@@ -83,7 +64,7 @@ Text properties: See comment at top of src/textprop.c.
   Then :%s?foo should take the first match above the cursor line.
 
 Prompt buffer:
-- Add a command line history.
+- Add a command line history, using up/down keys.  issue #5010
 - delay next prompt until plugin gives OK?
 - add prompt_addtext({buf}, {expr})	none	add text to a prompt buffer
 
@@ -96,15 +77,13 @@ Terminal debugger:
 - Termdebug does not work when Vim was build with mzscheme: gdb hangs just
   after "run".  Everything else works, including communication channel.  Not
   initializing mzscheme avoid the problem, thus it's not some #ifdef.
-- Add support for lldb?  #3565
+- Add support for lldb?  issue #3565
 - Could we do something similar for debugging Vim scripts?  At least see the
   script while stepping through it.  Simple version would use an extra window.
   More complete solution would actually run Vim in a Terminal and control it
   with another Vim instance.
 
 Terminal emulator window:
-- When typing "exit" in a terminal window with a shell and it's the only
-  window, should exit Vim instead of editing another buffer. (#4539)
 - When the job in the terminal doesn't use mouse events, let the scroll wheel
   scroll the scrollback, like a terminal does at the shell prompt. #2490
   And use modeless selection.  #2962
@@ -112,13 +91,10 @@ Terminal emulator window:
   be redrawn.
 - GUI: When using ":set go+=!" a system() call causes the hit-enter prompt.
   (#3327)
-- Terminal API: Add more functionality? (Ozaki Kiichi 2018 May 13, #2907)
 - GUI: hang until key typed. (#3530)
 - Allow for specifying the directory, with ++cwd={dir}.
 - With a vertical split only one window is updated. (Linwei, 2018 Jun 2,
   #2977)
-- Add a way to make ":term cmd" run "cmd" in a shell, instead of executing it
-  directly.  Perhaps ":term ++shell cmd". (#3340)
 - When pasting should call vterm_keyboard_start_paste(), e.g. when using
   K_MIDDLEMOUSE, calling insert_reg().
 - Users expect parsing the :term argument like a shell does, also support
@@ -138,16 +114,19 @@ Terminal emulator window:
   conversions.
 
 Error numbers available:
-E278, E279, E290, E292, E362, E366, E450, E451, E452,
+E290, E292, E362, E366, E450, E451, E452,
 E453, E454, E460, E489, E491, E565, E578, E610, E611, E653,
 E654, E856, E857, E860, E861, E863, E889, E900
 
-Improve running tests on MS-Windows: #4922
+Patch to move duplicated code to a function. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, #5330)
 
-Patch to properly break CJK lines: #3875
-Ready to include now?
+Running test_gui and test_gui_init with Motif sometimes kills the window
+manager.  Problem with Motif? Now test_gui crashes in submenu_change().
+Athena is OK.
+Motif: Build on Ubuntu can't enter any text in dialog text fields.
 
-Remove check for cmd_silent when calling search_stat()? (Gary Johnson)
+Patch to properly break CJK lines: Anton Kochkov, #3875
+Flag in 'formatoptions' is not used in the tests.
 
 undo result wrong: Masato Nishihata, #4798
 
@@ -155,59 +134,64 @@ Undo puts cursor in wrong line after "cG<Esc>" undo.
 
 Sound: support on Mac?  Or does libcanberra work there?
 
-Patch for #4733: #4734.  Test needs improvements.
-
-Patch to fix session file when using multiple tabs. (Jason Franklin, 2019 May
-20)
+Patch to fix session file when using multiple tab pages. (Jason Franklin, 2019
+May 20)
 Also put :argadd commands at the start for all buffers, so that their order
 remains equal?  Then %argdel to clean it up.  Do try this with 'hidden' set.
+Also #4994: window-local options not always restored, related to using :badd.
+Also #5326: netrw buffers are not restored.
 
 Completion mixes results from the current buffer with tags and other files.
-Happens when typing CTRL-N while still search for results.  E.g., type "b_" in
-terminal.c and then CTRL-N twice.
+Happens when typing CTRL-N while still searching for results.  E.g., type "b_"
+in terminal.c and then CTRL-N twice.
 Should do current file first and not split it up when more results are found.
 (Also #1890)
 
-Patch to use timers in matchparen. (Daniel Hahler, #1338)
-Ready to include now?
-
 Adding "10" to 'spellsuggest' causes spell suggestions to become very slow.
 (#4087)
 
+Instead of using a syntax error, use #error to fail early when something is
+wrong.  E.g. in vim.h "Error:", and blowfish.c "error!". (#5299)
+
+":helptags ALL" should skip directories where "tags" cannot be written.
+(Matěj Cepl, #5026)
+
 ":bnext" in a help buffer is supposed to go to the next help buffer, but it
 goes to any buffer, and then :bnext skips help buffers, since they are
 unlisted. (#4478)
 
-Patch to fix using zero sc_sid. (#4877)
+Enable 'termbidi' if $VTE_VERSION >= 5703 ?
 
-Make 'showbreak' global-local.
+Universal solution to detect if t_RS is working, using cursor position.
+Koichi Iwamoto, #2126
 
 The :syntax cchar value can only be a single character.  It would be useful to
 support combining characters. (Charles Campbell)  Also #4687
 
+Include Haiku port. (Adrien Destugues, Siarzhuk Zharski, 2013 Oct 24)
+It can replace the BeOS code, which is likely not used anymore.
+Now on github: #1856.  Updated Oct 2017
+Got permission to include this under the Vim license.
+
+Result of synID() sometimes wrong in help files. (#5252)
+
 Problem showing a line if the number column width changes when using "o".
 (Mateusz Morusiewicz, #4245)
 
 When using :packadd for a replacement language plugin, it is loaded after the
 default one.  #4698
 
-Patch from Namsh to allow building with both XIM and hangulin. (2019 Aug 29)
-
 When using :packadd files under "later" are not used, which is inconsistent
 with packages under "start". (xtal8, #1994)
 
+Patch to add new motion ]( and ]{.  (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #5320)
+
 Modeless selection doesn't work in gvim. (#4783)
 Caused by patch 8.1.1534.
 
-Patch to add random number generator. (Hong Xu, 2010 Nov 8, update Nov 10)
-Alternative from Christian Brabandt. (2010 Sep 19)
-New one from Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #1277.
-
 Visual highlight not removed when 'dipslay' is "lastline" and line doesn't
 fit. (Kevin Lawler, #4457)
 
-Patch to add interrupt(). (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #2834)
-
 Patch to add per-tabpage and per-window previous directory: "lcd -" and "tcd
 -". (Yegappan Lakshmanan, #4362)
 
@@ -218,16 +202,55 @@ Does not build with MinGW out of the box:
 Crash when mixing matchadd and substitute()? (Max Christian Pohle, 2018 May
 13, #2910)  Can't reproduce?
 
+Patch to configure BUILD_DATE for reproducible builds. (James McCoy, #513)
+
+Patch to add MODIFIED_BY to MSVC build file. (Chen Lei, 2016 Nov 24, #1275)
+
+Patch to support "0o" for octal numbers. (Ken Takata, #5304)
+
+When getting a focus event halfway a mapping this aborts the mapping.  E.g.
+when "qq" is mapped and after the first "q" the mouse is moved outside of the
+gvim window (with focus follows mouse), then the K_FOCUSLOST key is put in the
+input buffer. (#5302)
+
+xterm should be able to pass focus changes to Vim, so that Vim can check for
+buffers that changed.  Perhaps in misc.c, function selectwindow().
+Xterm 224 supports it!
+Patch to make FocusGained and FocusLost work in modern terminals. (Hayaki
+Saito, 2013 Apr 24) Update 2016 Aug 12.
+Also see issue #609.
+We could add the enable/disable sequences to t_ti/t_te or t_ks/t_ke.
+
 Check_external_diff() is used too often. (Daniel Hahler, #4800)
 
+Win32: after "[I" showing matches, scroll wheel messes up screen. (Tsakiridis,
+2007 Feb 18)
+Patch by Alex Dobrynin, 2007 Jun 3.  Also fixes other scroll wheel problems.
+
+Add a WindowScrolled event.  Trigger around the same time as CursorMoved.
+Can be used to update highlighting. #3127  #5181
+
+Patch for Template string: #4491.  New pull: #4634
+Implementation is too inefficient, avoid using lambda.
+
 Incorrect formatting with autoindent. (Sebastian Gniazdowski, #4909)
 
-Patch to sort buffers on b_last_used time.  (Andy Massimino, #4722)
-Needs a test.
+Patch to add the :bvimgrep command.  (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Nov 12)
+Updated 2016 Jun 10, #858  Update 2017 Mar 28: use <buffer>
 
 Errors found with random data:
     heap-buffer-overflow in alist_add (#2472)
 
+Patch to support CamelCase for spell checking: See a lower-to-upper case
+change as a word boundary. (btucker-MPCData, 2016 Nov 6, #1235)
+patch for 'spellcamelcase' option: spellcheck each CamelCased word.
+(Ben Tucker, 2016 Dec 2)
+
+Patch to add {skip} argument to search(). (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 24)
+Update 2016 Jun 10, #861
+
+Patch to add "cmdline" completion to getcompletion(). (Shougo, Oct 1, #1140)
+
 Improve fallback for menu translations, to avoid having to create lots of
 files that source the actual file.  E.g. menu_da_de -> menu_da
 Include part of #3242?
@@ -235,11 +258,28 @@ Include part of #3242?
 When a terminal exit_cb closes the window, a following typed key is lost, if
 it's in a mapping. (2018 Oct 6, #2302, #3522)
 
-Patch for Inno Setup: #2739
+Patch to have text objects defined by arbitrary single characters. (Daniel
+Thau, 2013 Nov 20, 2014 Jan 29, 2014 Jan 31)
+Added tests (James McCoy, 2016 Aug 3, #958).  Still needs more work.
+
+Patch for multi-byte characters in langmap and applying a mapping on them.
+(Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jun 12, update July 25)
+Is this the right solution?  Need to cleanup langmap behavior:
+- in vgetorpeek() apply langmap to the typeahead buffer and put the result in
+  a copy-buffer, only when langmap is appropriate for the current mode. Then
+  check for mapping and let gotchars() work on the copy-buffer.
+- Remove LANGMAP_ADJUST() in other parts of the code.  Make sure the mode is
+  covered by the above change.
+So that replaying the register doesn't use keymap/langmap and still does the
+same thing.  Remarks on PR #543 (Roland Puntaier).
+Also see #737: langmap not applied to replaying recording.
 
 Would be nice to set tab-local values for 'diffexpr' and 'diffopt'.  Use
 t:diffexpr_option t:diffopt_option? (#4782)
 
+v:register isn't reset early enough, may be used by next command.
+(Andy Massimino, #5294, possible fix in #5305)
+
 Internal diff doesn't handle binary file like external diff does. (Mike
 Williams, 2018 Oct 30)
 
@@ -248,19 +288,35 @@ Williams, 2018 Oct 30)
 "exepath('bin/cmd')" does not work while ":!bin/cmd" does work.
 (Daniel Hahler, #4710)  and executable('bin/cmd') returns 1
 
+Error drawing the number column when 'cursorline' is set. (#3893)
+
 Problem with :tlmenu: Detach item added with all modes?  Issue #3563.
 
+Add an argument to expandcmd() to expand like ":next" does.
+
+When both "a" and "l" is in 'formatoptions' then auto-formatting also happens
+in a long line. #5189
+
 The quoting of the [command] argument of :terminal is not clearly documented.
 Give a few examples. (#4288)
 
 Opening a file with --remote-tab-silent that matches 'wildignore' does not
 work, results in (E479: No match". (#4610)
 
+Patch for this (Tristan Konolige, #1011, only adds the option, no implem.):
+7   Add an option to add one pixel column to the character width?  Lucida
+    Console italic is wider than the normal font ("d" overlaps with next char).
+    Opposite of 'linespace': 'columnspace'.
+
 Bug: script written with "-W scriptout" contains Key codes, while the script
 read with "-s scriptin" expects escape codes.  Probably "scriptout" needs to
 be adjusted. (Daniel Steinberg, 2019 Feb 24, #4041)
 
-":registers" should indicate char/block/linewise.  (Ayberk Aydin, #4546)
+Add a string to the 'display' option ("smoothscroll" ?) to make CTRL-E and
+CTRL-Y scroll one screen line, also if this means the first line doesn't start
+with the first character (like what happens with a last line that doesn't
+fit).  Display "<<<" at the start of the first visible line (like "@@@" is
+displayed in the last line). (Arseny Nasokin,  #5154)
 
 Patch for ambiguous width characters in libvterm on MS-Windows 10.
 (Nobuhiro Takasaki, #4411)
@@ -276,7 +332,7 @@ Include a few color schemes, based on popularity:
 http://www.vim.org/scripts/script_search_results.php?keywords=&script_type=color+scheme&order_by=rating&direction=descending&search=search
 http://vimawesome.com/?q=tag:color-scheme
 Use names that indicate their appearance (Christian Brabandt, 2017 Aug 3)
-- monokai - Xia Crusoe (2017 Aug 4) 
+- monokai - Xia Crusoe (2017 Aug 4)
 - seoul256 - Christian Brabandt (2017 Aug 3)
 - gruvbox -  Christian Brabandt (2017 Aug 3) (simplified version from
       Lifepillar, 2018 Jan 22, #2573)
@@ -371,11 +427,6 @@ Not existing directory in CDPATH leads to two shell calls. (#4525)
 Use dict_iterate_start() / dict_iterate_next() instead of relying on the
 internals of the dict structure.
 
-Running test_gui and test_gui_init with Motif sometimes kills the window
-manager.  Problem with Motif? Now test_gui crashes in submenu_change().
-Athena is OK.
-Motif: Build on Ubuntu can't enter any text in dialog text fields.
-
 nvo-mode mapping works on Windows, not on Linux. (#3678)
 
 Missing tests for:
@@ -385,9 +436,6 @@ Redo only remembers the last change.  Could use "{count}g." to redo an older
 change.  How does the user know which change?  At least have a way to list
 them: ":repeats".  Add to history, like search history and command line history.
 
-When using exclusive selection and vi" that fails, cursor moves to the left.
-Cursor should not move. (#4024)
-
 Incsearch test fails when locale is "C". (Dominique Pelle, #3986)
 Also run all tests with C locale?
 
@@ -506,9 +554,6 @@ How would we know that the status line needs to be updated?
 
 Adjust windows installer explanation of behavior. (scootergrisen, #3310)
 
-Set g:actual_curbuf when evaluating 'statusline', not just with an expression.
-(Daniel Hahler, 2018 Aug 8, #3299)
-
 Update for xim-input-style help (Tony Mechelynck, 2019 Jan 10).
 Feedback from someone who uses this?
 
@@ -534,7 +579,7 @@ When the last line wraps, selecting with the mouse below that line only
 includes the first screen line. (2018 Aug 23, #3368)
 
 Refactored HTML indent file. (Michael Lee, #1821)
-Ask to write a test first.
+Asked to write a test.
 
 MS-Windows: .lnk file not resolved properly when 'encoding' is set.
 (lkintact, 2018 Sep 22, #3473)
@@ -543,6 +588,9 @@ Merge checking for 'cursorline' and 'concealcursor', see neovim #9492.
 
 Display error when a conceal match uses '\%>1l'. (#4854)
 
+Add a windowID argument to placing a sign, so that it only shows up in one
+window for the buffer.
+
 Request to add sign_setlist() to make it faster to add a lot of signs, e.g.
 when adding a sign for every quickfix entry. (#4557)
 
@@ -594,9 +642,9 @@ Patch to list user digraphs. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Apr 14)
 Patch to add digraph() function. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Aug 22, update Aug
 24)
 
-Try out background make plugin: 
+Try out background make plugin:
   https://github.com/AndrewVos/vim-make-background
-or asyncmake: 
+or asyncmake:
   https://github.com/yegappan/asyncmake
 
 Add a ModeChanged autocommand that has an argument indicating the old and new
@@ -608,9 +656,6 @@ used for git temp files.
 
 Cursor in wrong position when line wraps. (#2540)
 
-Patch to parse ":line" in tags file and use it for search. (Daniel Hahler,
-#2546)  Fixes #1057.  Missing a test.
-
 Setting 'columns' in a BufEnter autocommand causes a second tab width to
 behave strangely, as if there is a gap and a vertical window separator.
 (Michael Soyka, 2018 Sep 23, #3477)
@@ -621,9 +666,6 @@ pass an expression to evaluate.  Allow passing zero for "never skip".
 Add an option similar to 'lazyredraw' to skip redrawing while executing a
 script or function.
 
-Universal solution to detect if t_RS is working, using cursor position.
-Koichi Iwamoto, #2126
-
 When using a menu item while the "more" prompt is displayed doesn't work well.
 E.g. after using help->version.  Have a key that ends the "more" prompt and
 does nothing otherwise?
@@ -661,9 +703,6 @@ Jan 15, #2555)
 
 ":bufdo e" disabled syntax HL in windows other than the current. (BPJ)
 
-Patch for Template string: #4491.  New pull: #4634
-It's an awful lot of code for something that is just a bit nicer syntax.
-
 Check argument of systemlist(). (Pavlov)
 
 No maintainer for Vietnamese translations.
@@ -820,15 +859,8 @@ The ":move" command does not honor closed folds. (Ryan Lue, #2351)
 Patch to fix increment/decrement not working properly when 'virtualedit' is
 set. (Hirohito Higashi, 2016 Aug 1, #923)
 
-Patch to make gM move to middle of line. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, Sep 8, #2070)
-
 Cannot copy modeless selection when cursor is inside it. (lkintact, #2300)
 
-Include Haiku port. (Adrien Destugues, Siarzhuk Zharski, 2013 Oct 24)
-It can replace the BeOS code, which is likely not used anymore.
-Now on github: #1856.  Updated Oct 2017
-Got permission to include this under the Vim license.
-
 Test_writefile_fails_conversion failure on Solaris because if different iconv
 behavior.  Skip when "uname" returns "SunOS"? (Pavel Heimlich, #1872)
 
@@ -925,8 +957,6 @@ Memory leak in test97?  The string is actually freed.  Weird.
 assert_fails() can only check for the first error.  Make it possible to have
 it catch multiple errors and check all of them.
 
-New value "uselast" for 'switchbuf'. (Lemonboy, 2017 Apr 23, #1652)
-
 Add a toolbar in the terminal.  Can be global, above all windows, or specific
 for one window.
 
@@ -1069,10 +1099,6 @@ Patch to make it possible to extend a list with itself.
 
 Patch to add Zstandard compressed file support. (Nick Terrell, 2016 Oct 24)
 
-Patch to add MODIFIED_BY to MSVC build file. (Chen Lei, 2016 Nov 24, #1275)
-
-Patch to change argument of :marks. (LemonBoy, 2017 Jan 29, #1426)
-
 On Windows buffer completion sees backslash as escape char instead of path
 separator. (Toffanim, 2016 Nov 24, #1274)
 
@@ -1093,6 +1119,9 @@ sort() is not stable when using numeric/float sort (Nikolay Pavlov, 2016 Sep
 
 +channel:
 - Add a in_cb, invoked when the write buffer has become empty. (Matteo Landi)
+- Add ch_readlines(): for a channel in NL mode, reads as many lines as are
+  available.  Should be more efficient than looping over ch_read() with
+  ch_status() to check for more.
 - Add a separate timeout for opening a socket.  Currently it's fixed at 50
   msec, which is too small for a remote connection. (tverniquet, #2130)
 - Problem with stderr on Windows? (Vincent Rischmann, 2016 Aug 31, #1026)
@@ -1172,8 +1201,6 @@ Regexp problems:
   Another one: echom matchstr(" sdfsfsf\n sfdsdfsdf",'[^\n]*')
   (2017 May 15, #1252)
 
-Patch to add "cmdline" completion to getcompletion(). (Shougo, Oct 1, #1140)
-
 Feature request: Complete members of a dictionary. (Luc Hermitte, 2017 Jan 4,
 #1350)
 
@@ -1189,11 +1216,6 @@ Include the test.
 When 'keywordprg' starts with ":" the argument is still escaped as a shell
 command argument. (Romain Lafourcade, 2016 Oct 16, #1175)
 
-Patch to support CamelCase for spell checking: See a lower-to-upper case
-change as a word boundary. (btucker-MPCData, 2016 Nov 6, #1235)
-patch for 'spellcamelcase' option: spellcheck each CamelCased word.
-(Ben Tucker, 2016 Dec 2)
-
 Idea from Sven: record sequence of keys.  Useful to show others what they are
 doing (look over the shoulder), and also to see what happened.
 Probably list of keystrokes, with some annotations for mode changes.
@@ -1276,9 +1298,6 @@ Reject the value? #710.
 When doing "vi buf.md" a BufNew autocommand for *.md is not triggered.
 Because of using the initial buffer? (Dun Peal, 2016 May 12)
 
-Patch to add the :bvimgrep command.  (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Nov 12)
-Updated 2016 Jun 10, #858  Update 2017 Mar 28: use <buffer>
-
 Add redrawtabline command. (Naruhiko Nishino, 2016 Jun 11)
 
 Neovim patch for utfc_ptr2char_len() https://github.com/neovim/neovim/pull/4574
@@ -1340,10 +1359,6 @@ Also need to run update-desktop-database (Kuriyama Kazunobu, 2015 Nov 4)
 Test object i{ and it do not behave the same. #1379
 Do not include the linebreak at the start?
 
-Patch to have text objects defined by arbitrary single characters. (Daniel
-Thau, 2013 Nov 20, 2014 Jan 29, 2014 Jan 31)
-Added tests (James McCoy, 2016 Aug 3).  Still needs more work.
-
 Feature request: add the "al" text object, to manipulate a screen line.
 Especially useful when using 'linebreak'
 
@@ -1359,9 +1374,6 @@ If ":bd" also closes a Tab page then the " mark is not set.  (Harm te Hennepe,
 Patch to avoid redrawing tabline when the popup menu is visible.
 (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jan 28)
 
-Patch to add {skip} argument to search(). (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 24)
-Update 2016 Jun 10, #861
-
 Patch to show search statistics. (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jul 22)
 
 When the CursorMovedI event triggers, and CTRL-X was typed, a script cannot
@@ -1480,18 +1492,6 @@ Patch to fix checking global option value when not using it.
 When 'showbreak' is set repeating a Visual operation counts the size of the
 'showbreak' text as part of the operation. (Axel Bender, 2015 Jul 20)
 
-Patch for multi-byte characters in langmap and applying a mapping on them.
-(Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jun 12, update July 25)
-Is this the right solution?  Need to cleanup langmap behavior:
-- in vgetorpeek() apply langmap to the typeahead buffer and put the result in
-  a copy-buffer, only when langmap is appropriate for the current mode. Then
-  check for mapping and let gotchars() work on the copy-buffer.
-- Remove LANGMAP_ADJUST() in other parts of the code.  Make sure the mode is
-  covered by the above change.
-So that replaying the register doesn't use keymap/langmap and still does the
-same thing.  Remarks on issue 543 (Roland Puntaier).
-Also see #737: langmap not applied to replaying recording.
-
 Patch to add grepfile(). (Scott Prager, 2015 May 26)
 Work in progress.
 
@@ -1600,14 +1600,6 @@ compatible with Vim spell files.  The old files can no longer be downloaded.
 Spell checking: Add a feature to only consider two spaces after a dot to start
 a new sentence.  Don't give the capitalization error when there is one space.
 
-xterm should be able to pass focus changes to Vim, so that Vim can check for
-buffers that changed.  Perhaps in misc.c, function selectwindow().
-Xterm 224 supports it!
-Patch to make FocusGained and FocusLost work in modern terminals. (Hayaki
-Saito, 2013 Apr 24) Update 2016 Aug 12.
-Also see issue #609.
-We could add the enable/disable sequences to t_ti/t_te or t_ks/t_ke.
-
 Idea: For a window in the middle (has window above and below it), use
 right-mouse-drag on the status line to move a window up/down without changing
 its height?  It's like dragging the status bar above it at the same time.
@@ -2151,10 +2143,6 @@ Looks like only bash can do it. (Yakov Lerner)
 Cscope "cs add" stopped working somewhat before 7.2.438. (Gary Johnson, 2010
 Jun 29)  Caused by 7.2.433?
 
-I often see pasted text (from Firefox, to Vim in xterm) appear twice.
-Also, Vim in xterm sometimes loses copy/paste ability (probably after running
-an external command).
-
 Jumplist doesn't work properly in Insert mode? (Jean Johner, 2010 Mar 20)
 
 Problem with transparent cmdline.  Also: Terminal title is wrong with
@@ -2522,7 +2510,7 @@ Works OK when 'cmdheight' is 2.
 Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 31.
 
 The utf class table is missing some entries:
-	0x2212, minus sign 
+	0x2212, minus sign
 	0x2217, star
 	0x2500, bar
 	0x26ab, circle
@@ -2717,10 +2705,6 @@ patches by Mathias, see mail Feb 22)
 Win32: compiling with normal features and OLE fails.  Patch by Mathias
 Michaelis, 2006 Jun 4.
 
-Win32: after "[I" showing matches, scroll wheel messes up screen. (Tsakiridis,
-2007 Feb 18)
-Patch by Alex Dobrynin, 2007 Jun 3.  Also fixes other scroll wheel problems.
-
 Win32: using CTRL-S in Insert mode doesn't remove the "+" from the tab pages
 label.  (Tsakiridis, 2007 Feb 18)  Patch from Ian Kelling, 2008 Aug 6.
 
@@ -2750,10 +2734,6 @@ If the variable "g:x#y#z" exists completion after ":echo g:x#" doesn't work.
 Feature request: Command to go to previous tab, like what CTRL-W p does for
 windows. (Adam George)
 
-F1 - F4 in an xterm produce a different escape sequence when used with a
-modifier key.  Need to catch three different sequences.  Use K_ZF1, like
-K_ZHOME? (Dickey, 2007 Dec 2)
-
 In debug mode, using CTRL-R = to evaluate a function causes stepping through
 the function. (Hari Krishna Dara, 2006 Jun 28)
 
@@ -2803,7 +2783,7 @@ Ruby completion is insecure.  Can this be fixed?
 
 When 'backupskip' is set from $TEMP special characters need to be escaped.
 (patch by Grembowietz, 2007 Feb 26, not quite right)
-Another problem is that file_pat_to_reg_pat() doesn't recognize "\\", so "\\(" 
+Another problem is that file_pat_to_reg_pat() doesn't recognize "\\", so "\\("
 will be seen as a path separator plus "\(".
 
 gvim d:\path\path\(FILE).xml should not remove the \ before the (.
@@ -2888,12 +2868,6 @@ Setting 'background' resets the Normal background color:
 This is undesired, 'background' is supposed to tell Vim what the background
 color is, not reset it.
 
-Linux distributions:
-- Suggest compiling xterm with --enable-tcap-query, so that nr of colors is
-  known to Vim.  88 colors instead of 16 works better.  See ":help
-  xfree-xterm".
-- Suggest including bare "vi" and "vim" with X11, syntax, etc.
-
 Completion menu: For a wrapping line, completing a long file name, only the
 start of the path is shown in the menu.  Should move the menu to the right to
 show more text of the completions.  Shorten the items that don't fit in the
@@ -2908,12 +2882,6 @@ the buffer is displayed. (Antonios Tsakiridis)
 When ":cn" moves to an error in the same line the message isn't shortened.
 Only skip shortening for ":cc"?
 
-Write "making vim work better" for the docs (mostly pointers): *nice*
-    - sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/vimrc_example.vim
-    - setting 'mouse' to "a"
-    - getting colors in xterm
-    - compiling Vim with X11, GUI, etc.
-
 Problem with ":call" and dictionary function. Hari Krishna Dara, Charles
 Campbell 2006 Jul 06.
 
@@ -3007,11 +2975,6 @@ When 'encoding' is utf-8 typing text at the end of the line causes previously
 typed characters to be redrawn.  Caused by patch 7.1.329. (Tyler Spivey, 2008
 Sep 3, 11)
 
-When Vim in an xterm owns the selection and the user does ":shell" Vim doesn't
-respond to selection requests.  Invoking XtDisownSelection() before executing
-the shell doesn't help.  Would require forking and doing a message loop, like
-what happens for the GUI.
-
 ":vimgrep" does not recognize a recursive symlink.  Is it possible to detect
 this, at least for Unix (using device/inode)?
 
@@ -3100,11 +3063,6 @@ Awaiting updated patches:
     use the patch that keeps using HLF_8 if HLF_WS has not
     been given values.
     Add section in help files for these highlight groups?
-8   "fg" and "bg" don't work in an xterm.  Get default colors from xterm
-    with an ESC sequence.
-    xterm can send colors for many things.  E.g. for the cursor:
-	<Esc>]12;?<Bel>
-    Can use this to get the background color and restore the colors on exit.
 7   Add "DefaultFG" and "DefaultBG" for the colors of the menu. (Marcin
     Dalecki has a patch for Motif and Carbon)
 -   Add possibility to highlight specific columns (for Fortran).  Or put a
@@ -3306,9 +3264,6 @@ Win32 GUI known bugs:
 8   When the 'shell' cannot be executed, should give an appropriate error msg.
     Esp. for a filter command, currently it only complains the file could not
     be read.
-7   Add an option to add one pixel column to the character width?  Lucida
-    Console italic is wider than the normal font ("d" overlaps with next char).
-    Opposite of 'linespace': 'columnspace'.
 7   At the hit-enter prompt scrolling now no longer works.  Need to use the
     keyboard to get around this.  Pretend <CR> was hit when the user tries to
     scroll?
@@ -3701,7 +3656,6 @@ Macintosh:
 8   Xterm sends ^[[H for <Home> and ^[[F for <End> in some mode.  Also
     recognize these keys?  Mostly useful for xterm simulators, like gnometerm.
     See http://dickey.his.com/xterm/xterm.faq.html#xterm_pc_style.
-8   For xterm also recognize keypad up/down/left/right and insert.
 8   '[ and '] should be set to start/end of line when using a linewise operator
     (e.g., ":w").
 8   CTRL-A can't handle big "long" numbers, they become negative.  Check for
@@ -3716,10 +3670,6 @@ Macintosh:
     filesystem, an illegal file name may be created: ".vim".
 8   For each buffer that is opened, the viminfo file is opened and read to
     check for file marks.  This can be slow.
-7   In xterm, recognize both vt100 and vt220 cursor keys.  Change
-    add_termcode() to not remove an existing entry for a name, when it's
-    needed.
-    Need a generic solution to recognize different codes for the same key.
 8   Core dump within signal function: gdb doesn't show stack backtrace!  Option
     to skip catch_signals()?
 9   Repeating a "cw" with "." doesn't work if the text was pasted from the
@@ -4000,7 +3950,7 @@ Tab pages:
 
 Spell checking:
 -   Support more regions? Caolan McNamara argues it's needed for es_XX.
-    https://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=219777    
+    https://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=219777
 -   Unicode defines another quote character: 0x2019.  Use it as an equivalent
     of a single quote, thus use it as a word character like a quote and match
     with words, replacing the curly quote with a single quote.
@@ -4651,9 +4601,6 @@ Messages:
 
 
 Screen updating:
-7   Add a string to the 'display' option to make CTRL-E and CTRL-Y scroll one
-    screen line, also if this means the first line doesn't start with the
-    first character (like what happens with a single line that doesn't fit).
 -   screen_line():
     - insert/delete character stuff.
     - improve delete rest of line (spaces at end of line).

runtime/doc/uganda.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*uganda.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 May 17
+*uganda.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ Check the ICCF web site for the latest information!  See |iccf| for the URL.
 USA:		The methods mentioned below can be used.
 		Sending a check to the Nehemiah Group Outreach Society (NGOS)
 		is no longer possible, unfortunately. We are looking for
-		another way to get you an IRS tax receipt. 
+		another way to get you an IRS tax receipt.
 		For sponsoring a child contact KCF in Canada (see below). US
 		checks can be sent to them to lower banking costs.
 

runtime/doc/undo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*undo.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 07
+*undo.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ respectively:
 		(the magic number at the start of the file is wrong), then
 		this fails, unless the ! was added.
 		If it exists and does look like an undo file it is
-		overwritten. If there is no undo-history, nothing will be 
+		overwritten. If there is no undo-history, nothing will be
 		written.
 		Implementation detail: Overwriting happens by first deleting
 		the existing file and then creating a new file with the same

runtime/doc/usr_01.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_01.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2017 Jul 15
+*usr_01.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 21
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -41,11 +41,11 @@ the commands and options used for it.  Use these two commands:
 	Press  CTRL-O  to jump back (repeat to go further back).
 
 Many links are in vertical bars, like this: |bars|.  The bars themselves may
-be hidden or invisible, see below.  An option name, like 'number', a command
+be hidden or invisible; see below.  An option name, like 'number', a command
 in double quotes like ":write" and any other word can also be used as a link.
 Try it out: Move the cursor to  CTRL-]  and press CTRL-] on it.
 
-Other subjects can be found with the ":help" command, see |help.txt|.
+Other subjects can be found with the ":help" command; see |help.txt|.
 
 The bars and stars are usually hidden with the |conceal| feature.  They also
 use |hl-Ignore|, using the same color for the text as the background.  You can
@@ -101,14 +101,14 @@ For more info see |vimrc| and |compatible-default|.
 	alternative called "evim" (easy Vim).  This is still Vim, but used in
 	a way that resembles a click-and-type editor like Notepad.  It always
 	stays in Insert mode, thus it feels very different.  It is not
-	explained in the user manual, since it should be mostly self
-	explanatory.  See |evim-keys| for details.
+	explained in the user manual, since it should be mostly
+	self-explanatory.  See |evim-keys| for details.
 
 ==============================================================================
 *01.3*	Using the Vim tutor				*tutor* *vimtutor*
 
 Instead of reading the text (boring!) you can use the vimtutor to learn your
-first Vim commands.  This is a 30 minute tutorial that teaches the most basic
+first Vim commands.  This is a 30-minute tutorial that teaches the most basic
 Vim functionality hands-on.
 
 On Unix, if Vim has been properly installed, you can start it from the shell:

runtime/doc/usr_02.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_02.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2017 Mar 14
+*usr_02.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 21
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -255,11 +255,11 @@ restores the character.
 
 	g intelligent turtle ~
 
-The next u command restores the next-to-last character deleted:
+The next "u" command restores the next-to-last character deleted:
 
 	ng intelligent turtle ~
 
-The next u command gives you the u, and so on:
+The next "u" command gives you the u, and so on:
 
 	ung intelligent turtle ~
 	oung intelligent turtle ~
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ To exit, use the "ZZ" command.  This command writes the file and exits.
 	Unlike many other editors, Vim does not automatically make a backup
 	file.  If you type "ZZ", your changes are committed and there's no
 	turning back.  You can configure the Vim editor to produce backup
-	files, see |07.4|.
+	files; see |07.4|.
 
 
 DISCARDING CHANGES
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ message and refuse to exit:
 	E37: No write since last change (use ! to override) ~
 
 By specifying the override, you are in effect telling Vim, "I know that what
-I'm doing looks stupid, but I'm a big boy and really want to do this."
+I'm doing looks stupid, but I really want to do this."
 
 If you want to continue editing with Vim: The ":e!" command reloads the
 original version of the file.
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ Summary: 					*help-summary*  >
    command argument %: >
    	:help c_%
 
-8) Ex-commands always start with ":", so to go to the :s command help: >
+8) Ex-commands always start with ":", so to go to the ":s" command help: >
 	:help :s
 
 9) Commands specifically for debugging start with ">".  To go to the help
@@ -561,22 +561,23 @@ Summary: 					*help-summary*  >
 10) Key combinations.  They usually start with a single letter indicating
     the mode for which they can be used.  E.g.: >
    	:help i_CTRL-X
-<    takes you to the family of Ctrl-X commands for insert mode which can be
-    used to auto complete different things.  Note, that certain keys will
+<    takes you to the family of CTRL-X commands for insert mode which can be
+    used to auto-complete different things.  Note, that certain keys will
     always be written the same, e.g. Control will always be CTRL.
     For normal mode commands there is no prefix and the topic is available at
     :h CTRL-<Letter>. E.g.  >
    	:help CTRL-W
 <    In contrast >
 	:help c_CTRL-R
-<    will describe what the Ctrl-R does when entering commands in the Command
+<    will describe what the CTRL-R does when entering commands in the Command
     line and >
-   	:help v_Ctrl-A
+   	:help v_CTRL-A
 <    talks about incrementing numbers in visual mode and >
 	:help g_CTRL-A
-<    talks about the g<C-A> command (e.g. you have to press "g" then <Ctrl-A>).
-    Here the "g" stand for the normal command "g" which always expects a second
-    key before doing something similar to the commands starting with "z"
+<    talks about the "g<C-A>" command (e.g. you have to press "g" then
+    <CTRL-A>).  Here the "g" stand for the normal command "g" which always
+    expects a second key before doing something similar to the commands
+    starting with "z"
 
 11) Regexp items always start with /.  So to get help for the "\+" quantifier
     in Vim regexes: >
@@ -647,15 +648,16 @@ Summary: 					*help-summary*  >
 <    Also if you want to access a certain chapter in the help, the chapter
     number can be accessed directly like this: >
     	:help 10.1
-<    goes to chapter 10.1 in |usr_10.txt| and talks about recording macros.
+<    which goes to chapter 10.1 in |usr_10.txt| and talks about recording
+    macros.
 
 19) Highlighting groups.  Always start with hl-groupname.  E.g. >
     	:help hl-WarningMsg
 <    talks about the WarningMsg highlighting group.
 
-20) Syntax highlighting is namespaced to :syn-topic e.g. >
+20) Syntax highlighting is namespaced to :syn-topic.  E.g. >
 	:help :syn-conceal
-<    talks about the conceal argument for the :syn command.
+<    talks about the conceal argument for the ":syn" command.
 
 21) Quickfix commands usually start with :c while location list commands
     usually start with :l
@@ -688,7 +690,7 @@ Summary: 					*help-summary*  >
 <    takes you exactly to the description of the swap error message and >
 	:help W10
 <    talks about the warning "Changing a readonly file".
-    Sometimes however, those error codes are not described, but rather are
+    Sometimes, however, those error codes are not described, but rather are
     listed at the Vim command that usually causes this.  So: >
     	:help E128
 <    takes you to the |:function| command

runtime/doc/usr_03.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_03.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2017 Jul 21
+*usr_03.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 21
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -81,8 +81,8 @@ The "$" command moves the cursor to the end of a line.  If your keyboard has
 an <End> key it will do the same thing.
 
 The "^" command moves to the first non-blank character of the line.  The "0"
-command (zero) moves to the very first character of the line.  The <Home> key
-does the same thing.  In a picture:
+command (zero) moves to the very first character of the line, and the <Home>
+key does the same thing.  In a picture:
 
 		  ^
 	     <------------
@@ -221,7 +221,8 @@ you can see?  This figure shows the three commands you can use:
 		L -->	| text sample text	    |
 			+---------------------------+
 
-Hints: "H" stands for Home, "M" for Middle and "L" for Last.
+Hints: "H" stands for Home, "M" for Middle and "L" for Last.  Alternatively,
+"H" for high, "M" for Middle and "L" for low.
 
 ==============================================================================
 *03.6*	Telling where you are
@@ -298,22 +299,22 @@ To scroll one line at a time use CTRL-E (scroll up) and CTRL-Y (scroll down).
 Think of CTRL-E to give you one line Extra.  (If you use MS-Windows compatible
 key mappings CTRL-Y will redo a change instead of scroll.)
 
-To scroll forward by a whole screen (except for two lines) use CTRL-F.  The
-other way is backward, CTRL-B is the command to use.  Fortunately CTRL-F is
-Forward and CTRL-B is Backward, that's easy to remember.
+To scroll forward by a whole screen (except for two lines) use CTRL-F.  To
+scroll backwards, use CTRL-B.  These should be easy to remember: F for
+Forwards and B for Backwards.
 
 A common issue is that after moving down many lines with "j" your cursor is at
 the bottom of the screen.  You would like to see the context of the line with
 the cursor.  That's done with the "zz" command.
 
 	+------------------+		 +------------------+
-	| some text	   |		 | some text	    |
-	| some text	   |		 | some text	    |
-	| some text	   |		 | some text	    |
-	| some text	   |   zz  -->	 | line with cursor |
-	| some text	   |		 | some text	    |
-	| some text	   |		 | some text	    |
-	| line with cursor |		 | some text	    |
+	| earlier text	   |		 | earlier text	    |
+	| earlier text	   |		 | earlier text	    |
+	| earlier text	   |		 | earlier text	    |
+	| earlier text	   |   zz  -->	 | line with cursor |
+	| earlier text	   |		 | later text	    |
+	| earlier text	   |		 | later text	    |
+	| line with cursor |		 | later text	    |
 	+------------------+		 +------------------+
 
 The "zt" command puts the cursor line at the top, "zb" at the bottom.  There
@@ -353,7 +354,7 @@ The "?" command works like "/" but searches backwards: >
 
 The "N" command repeats the last search the opposite direction.  Thus using
 "N" after a "/" command searches backwards, using "N" after "?" searches
-forward.
+forwards.
 
 
 IGNORING CASE
@@ -462,8 +463,8 @@ really jump to that location.  Or type more to change the search string.
 	:set nowrapscan
 
 This stops the search at the end of the file.  Or, when you are searching
-backwards, at the start of the file.  The 'wrapscan' option is on by default,
-thus searching wraps around the end of the file.
+backwards, it stops the search at the start of the file.  The 'wrapscan'
+option is on by default, thus searching wraps around the end of the file.
 
 
 INTERMEZZO
@@ -485,7 +486,8 @@ Vim.  Example: >
 	Go:set hlsearch<Esc>
 
 "G" moves to the end of the file.  "o" starts a new line, where you type the
-":set" command.  You end insert mode with <Esc>.  Then write the file: >
+":set" command.  You end insert mode with <Esc>.  Then write and close the
+file: >
 
 	ZZ
 
@@ -499,8 +501,8 @@ Regular expressions are an extremely powerful and compact way to specify a
 search pattern.  Unfortunately, this power comes at a price, because regular
 expressions are a bit tricky to specify.
    In this section we mention only a few essential ones.  More about search
-patterns and commands in chapter 27 |usr_27.txt|.  You can find the full
-explanation here: |pattern|.
+patterns and commands can be found in chapter 27 |usr_27.txt|.  You can find
+the full explanation here: |pattern|.
 
 
 BEGINNING AND END OF A LINE
@@ -526,9 +528,9 @@ And with "/^the" we find this one:
 	the solder holding one of the chips melted and the ~
 	xxx
 
-You can try searching with "/^the$", it will only match a single line
-consisting of "the".  White space does matter here, thus if a line contains a
-space after the word, like "the ", the pattern will not match.
+You can try searching with "/^the$"; it will only match a single line
+consisting entirely of "the".  White space does matter here, thus if a line
+contains a space after the word, like "the ", the pattern will not match.
 
 
 MATCHING ANY SINGLE CHARACTER
@@ -563,20 +565,20 @@ where you came from, use this command: >
 
 This ` is a backtick or open single-quote character.
    If you use the same command a second time you will jump back again.  That's
-because the ` command is a jump itself, and the position from before this jump
-is remembered.
+because the "`" command is a jump itself, and the position from before this
+jump is remembered.
 
 Generally, every time you do a command that can move the cursor further than
 within the same line, this is called a jump.  This includes the search
 commands "/" and "n" (it doesn't matter how far away the match is).  But not
 the character searches with "fx" and "tx" or the word movements "w" and "e".
-   Also, "j" and "k" are not considered to be a jump.  Even when you use a
+   Also, "j" and "k" are not considered to be a jump, even when you use a
 count to make them move the cursor quite a long way away.
 
-The `` command jumps back and forth, between two points.  The CTRL-O command
+The "``" command jumps back and forth, between two points.  The CTRL-O command
 jumps to older positions (Hint: O for older).  CTRL-I then jumps back to newer
-positions (Hint: I is just next to O on the keyboard).  Consider this sequence
-of commands: >
+positions (Hint: for many common keyboard layouts, I is just next to O).
+Consider this sequence of commands: >
 
 	33G
 	/^The
@@ -614,9 +616,9 @@ Thus to move to the a mark:
 >
 	`a
 
-The command 'mark (single quotation mark, or apostrophe) moves you to the
-beginning of the line containing the mark.  This differs from the `mark
-command, which moves you to marked column.
+The command "'mark" (single quotation mark, or apostrophe) moves you to the
+beginning of the line containing the mark.  This differs from the "`mark"
+command, which also moves you to the marked column.
 
 The marks can be very useful when working on two related parts in a file.
 Suppose you have some text near the start of the file you need to look at,

runtime/doc/usr_04.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_04.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2014 Aug 29
+*usr_04.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 21
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ using a count: "4x" deletes four characters.
 move word command.  In fact, the "d" command may be followed by any motion
 command, and it deletes from the current location to the place where the
 cursor winds up.
-   The "4w" command, for example, moves the cursor over four words.  The d4w
+   The "4w" command, for example, moves the cursor over four words.  The "d4w"
 command deletes four words.
 
 	To err is human. To really foul up you need a computer. ~
@@ -91,14 +91,14 @@ This "c2wbe<Esc>" contains these bits:
 	be	insert this text
 	<Esc>	back to Normal mode
 
-If you have paid attention, you will have noticed something strange: The space
-before "human" isn't deleted.  There is a saying that for every problem there
-is an answer that is simple, clear, and wrong.  That is the case with the
-example used here for the "cw" command.  The c operator works just like the
-d operator, with one exception: "cw".  It actually works like "ce", change to
-end of word.  Thus the space after the word isn't included.  This is an
-exception that dates back to the old Vi.  Since many people are used to it
-now, the inconsistency has remained in Vim.
+You will have noticed something strange: The space before "human" isn't
+deleted.  There is a saying that for every problem there is an answer that is
+simple, clear, and wrong.  That is the case with the example used here for the
+"cw" command.  The c operator works just like the d operator, with one
+exception: "cw".  It actually works like "ce", change to end of word.  Thus
+the space after the word isn't included.  This is an exception that dates back
+to the old Vi.  Since many people are used to it now, the inconsistency has
+remained in Vim.
 
 
 MORE CHANGES
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Insert mode and append new text.
 SHORTCUTS
 
 Some operator-motion commands are used so often that they have been given a
-single letter command:
+single-letter command:
 
 	x  stands for  dl  (delete character under the cursor)
 	X  stands for  dh  (delete character left of the cursor)
@@ -138,6 +138,7 @@ REPLACING WITH ONE CHARACTER
 The "r" command is not an operator.  It waits for you to type a character, and
 will replace the character under the cursor with it.  You could do the same
 with "cl" or with the "s" command, but with "r" you don't have to press <Esc>
+to get back out of insert mode.
 
 	there is somerhing grong here ~
 	rT	     rt    rw
@@ -164,7 +165,7 @@ The "." command is one of the most simple yet powerful commands in Vim.  It
 repeats the last change.  For instance, suppose you are editing an HTML file
 and want to delete all the <B> tags.  You position the cursor on the first <
 and delete the <B> with the command "df>".  You then go to the < of the next
-</B> and kill it using the "." command.  The "." command executes the last
+</B> and delete it using the "." command.  The "." command executes the last
 change command (in this case, "df>").  To delete another tag, position the
 cursor on the < and use the "." command.
 
@@ -176,8 +177,8 @@ cursor on the < and use the "." command.
 	f<   find next <		       ------------->
 	.    repeat df>					    -->
 
-The "." command works for all changes you make, except for the "u" (undo),
-CTRL-R (redo) and commands that start with a colon (:).
+The "." command works for all changes you make, except for "u" (undo), CTRL-R
+(redo) and commands that start with a colon (:).
 
 Another example: You want to change the word "four" to "five".  It appears
 several times in your text.  You can do this quickly with this sequence of
@@ -201,7 +202,8 @@ change.  Then you can use Visual mode.
 You start Visual mode by pressing "v".  You move the cursor over the text you
 want to work on.  While you do this, the text is highlighted.  Finally type
 the operator command.
-   For example, to delete from halfway one word to halfway another word:
+   For example, to delete from the middle of one word to the middle of another
+word:
 
 		This is an examination sample of visual mode ~
 			       ---------->
@@ -269,8 +271,8 @@ where they open a new line below or above the cursor.
 ==============================================================================
 *04.5*	Moving text
 
-When you delete something with the "d", "x", or another command, the text is
-saved.  You can paste it back by using the p command.  (The Vim name for
+When you delete something with "d", "x", or another command, the text is
+saved.  You can paste it back by using the "p" command.  (The Vim name for
 this is put).
    Take a look at how this works.  First you will delete an entire line, by
 putting the cursor on the line you want to delete and typing "dd".  Now you
@@ -362,11 +364,11 @@ Use "y$" to yank to the end of the line.
 
 If you are using the GUI version of Vim (gvim), you can find the "Copy" item
 in the "Edit" menu.  First select some text with Visual mode, then use the
-Edit/Copy menu.  The selected text is now copied to the clipboard.  You can
-paste the text in other programs.  In Vim itself too.
+Edit/Copy menu item.  The selected text is now copied to the clipboard.  You
+can paste the text in other programs.  In Vim itself too.
 
 If you have copied text to the clipboard in another application, you can paste
-it in Vim with the Edit/Paste menu.  This works in Normal mode and Insert
+it in Vim with the Edit/Paste menu item.  This works in Normal mode and Insert
 mode.  In Visual mode the selected text is replaced with the pasted text.
 
 The "Cut" menu item deletes the text before it's put on the clipboard.  The
@@ -385,7 +387,7 @@ To put text from the clipboard back into the text: >
 	"*p
 
 This only works on versions of Vim that include clipboard support.  More about
-the clipboard in section |09.3| and here: |clipboard|.
+the clipboard can be found in section |09.3| and here: |clipboard|.
 
 ==============================================================================
 *04.8*	Text objects
@@ -401,8 +403,8 @@ to do this: "daw".
 
 The "d" of "daw" is the delete operator.  "aw" is a text object.  Hint: "aw"
 stands for "A Word".  Thus "daw" is "Delete A Word".  To be precise, the white
-space after the word is also deleted (the white space before the word at the
-end of the line).
+space after the word is also deleted (or the white space before the word if at
+the end of the line).
 
 Using text objects is the third way to make changes in Vim.  We already had
 operator-motion and Visual mode.  Now we add operator-text object.
@@ -429,11 +431,11 @@ sentence "Another line.":
 	some text. ~
 
 "cis" consists of the "c" (change) operator and the "is" text object.  This
-stands for "Inner Sentence".  There is also the "as" (a sentence) object.  The
-difference is that "as" includes the white space after the sentence and "is"
-doesn't.  If you would delete a sentence, you want to delete the white space
-at the same time, thus use "das".  If you want to type new text the white
-space can remain, thus you use "cis".
+stands for "Inner Sentence".  There is also the "as" ("A Sentence") object.
+The difference is that "as" includes the white space after the sentence and
+"is" doesn't.  If you would delete a sentence, you want to delete the white
+space at the same time, thus use "das".  If you want to type new text the
+white space can remain, thus you use "cis".
 
 You can also use text objects in Visual mode.  It will include the text object
 in the Visual selection.  Visual mode continues, thus you can do this several
@@ -470,13 +472,13 @@ character.
 *04.10*	Conclusion
 
 The operators, movement commands and text objects give you the possibility to
-make lots of combinations.  Now that you know how it works, you can use N
+make lots of combinations.  Now that you know how they work, you can use N
 operators with M movement commands to make N * M commands!
 
-You can find a list of operators here: |operator|
+You can find a list of operators here: |operator|.
 
 For example, there are many other ways to delete pieces of text.  Here are a
-few often used ones:
+few common ones:
 
 x	delete character under the cursor (short for "dl")
 X	delete character before the cursor (short for "dh")
@@ -492,14 +494,14 @@ If you use "c" instead of "d" they become change commands.  And with "y" you
 yank the text.  And so forth.
 
 
-There are a few often used commands to make changes that didn't fit somewhere
+There are a few common commands to make changes that didn't fit somewhere
 else:
 
-	~	change case of the character under the cursor, and move the
+	~	Change case of the character under the cursor, and move the
 		cursor to the next character.  This is not an operator (unless
 		'tildeop' is set), thus you can't use it with a motion
-		command.  It does work in Visual mode and changes case for
-		all the selected text then.
+		command.  It does work in Visual mode, where it changes case
+		for all the selected text.
 
 	I	Start Insert mode after moving the cursor to the first
 		non-blank in the line.

runtime/doc/usr_10.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_10.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2006 Nov 05
+*usr_10.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 22
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -370,7 +370,8 @@ into "barfoo".
 was specified in this example.  This is different from ":substitute", which
 works on one line without a range.
    The command isn't perfect, since it also matches lines where "//" appears
-halfway a line, and the substitution will also take place before the "//".
+halfway through a line, and the substitution will also take place before the
+"//".
 
 Just like with ":substitute", any pattern can be used.  When you learn more
 complicated patterns later, you can use them here.
@@ -634,8 +635,8 @@ using it.  To check the current value of 'textwidth': >
 	:set textwidth
 
 Now lines will be broken to take only up to 72 characters.  But when you
-insert text halfway a line, or when you delete a few words, the lines will get
-too long or too short.  Vim doesn't automatically reformat the text.
+insert text halfway through a line, or when you delete a few words, the lines
+will get too long or too short.  Vim doesn't automatically reformat the text.
    To tell Vim to format the current paragraph: >
 
 	gqap

runtime/doc/usr_22.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_22.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Apr 27
+*usr_22.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -74,9 +74,9 @@ higher.  Pressing "-" does the same thing, without the need to move to the
 You can press <F1> to get help on the things you can do in the netrw file
 browser.  This is what you get: >
 
-    9. Directory Browsing	 netrw-browse   netrw-dir   netrw-list   netrw-help 
+    9. Directory Browsing	 netrw-browse   netrw-dir   netrw-list   netrw-help
 
-    MAPS								 netrw-maps 
+    MAPS								 netrw-maps
      	 <F1>.............Help.......................................|netrw-help|
      	 <cr>.............Browsing...................................|netrw-cr|
      	 <del>............Deleting Files or Directories..............|netrw-delete|

runtime/doc/usr_25.txt

@@ -346,12 +346,13 @@ scroll:
 
 	g0		to first visible character in this line
 	g^		to first non-blank visible character in this line
-	gm		to middle of this line
+	gm		to middle of screen line
+	gM		to middle of the text in this line
 	g$		to last visible character in this line
 
-		|<--	 window    -->|
-	some long    text, part of which is visible ~
-		 g0  g^    gm	     g$
+		|<--	  window     -->|
+	some long    text, part of which is visible in one line ~
+		 g0  g^    gm	   gM g$
 
 
 BREAKING AT WORDS				*edit-no-break*

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 06
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 21
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -796,6 +796,7 @@ Date and Time:				*date-functions* *time-functions*
 	getftime()		get last modification time of a file
 	localtime()		get current time in seconds
 	strftime()		convert time to a string
+	strptime()		convert a date/time string to time
 	reltime()		get the current or elapsed time accurately
 	reltimestr()		convert reltime() result to a string
 	reltimefloat()		convert reltime() result to a Float
@@ -856,6 +857,7 @@ Insert mode completion:				*completion-functions*
 	complete_check()	check if completion should be aborted
 	complete_info()		get current completion information
 	pumvisible()		check if the popup menu is displayed
+	pum_getpos()		position and size of popup menu if visible
 
 Folding:					*folding-functions*
 	foldclosed()		check for a closed fold at a specific line
@@ -902,6 +904,7 @@ Interactive:					*interactive-functions*
 	confirm()		let the user make a choice
 	getchar()		get a character from the user
 	getcharmod()		get modifiers for the last typed character
+	getmousepos()		get last known mouse position
 	feedkeys()		put characters in the typeahead queue
 	input()			get a line from the user
 	inputlist()		let the user pick an entry from a list

runtime/doc/usr_90.txt

@@ -480,9 +480,9 @@ probably contains your vimrc file and other runtime files that you created, so
 be careful.
 
 Else, if you installed Vim with the zip archives, the preferred way is to use
-the "uninstal" program (note the missing l at the end).  You can find it in
-the same directory as the "install" program, e.g., "c:\vim\vim61".  This
-should also work from the usual "install/remove software" page.
+the "uninstall" program.  You can find it in the same directory as the
+"install" program, e.g., "c:\vim\vim61".  This should also work from the usual
+"install/remove software" page.
    However, this only removes the registry entries for Vim.  You have to
 delete the files yourself.  Simply select the directory "vim\vim61" and delete
 it recursively.  There should be no files there that you changed, but you

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 04
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ ga			Print the ascii value of the character under the
 			When the character is a non-standard ASCII character,
 			but printable according to the 'isprint' option, the
 			non-printable version is also given.
-			
+
 			When the character is larger than 127, the <M-x> form
 			is also printed.  For example:
 				<~A>  <M-^A>  129,  Hex 81,  Octal 201 ~
@@ -308,6 +308,7 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 			   B	big
 			   H	huge
 			   m	manually enabled or depends on other features
+			   -    never, feature was removed
 			 (none) system dependent
 			Thus if a feature is marked with "N", it is included
 			in the normal, big and huge versions of Vim.
@@ -337,7 +338,7 @@ N  *+clientserver*	Unix and Win32: Remote invocation |clientserver|
 T  *+cmdline_compl*	command line completion |cmdline-completion|
 S  *+cmdline_hist*	command line history |cmdline-history|
 N  *+cmdline_info*	|'showcmd'| and |'ruler'|
-N  *+comments*		|'comments'| support
+T  *+comments*		|'comments'| support
 B  *+conceal*		"conceal" support, see |conceal| |:syn-conceal| etc.
 N  *+cryptv*		encryption support |encryption|
 B  *+cscope*		|cscope| support
@@ -355,7 +356,7 @@ B  *+emacs_tags*	|emacs-tags| files
 N  *+eval*		expression evaluation |eval.txt|
 N  *+ex_extra*		always on now, used to be for Vim's extra Ex commands
 N  *+extra_search*	|'hlsearch'| and |'incsearch'| options.
-B  *+farsi*		|farsi| language
+-  *+farsi*		Removed: |farsi| language
 N  *+file_in_path*	|gf|, |CTRL-W_f| and |<cfile>|
 N  *+find_in_path*	include file searches: |[I|, |:isearch|,
 			|CTRL-W_CTRL-I|, |:checkpath|, etc.
@@ -389,7 +390,7 @@ m  *+lua/dyn*		|Lua| interface |/dyn|
 N  *+menu*		|:menu|
 N  *+mksession*		|:mksession|
 T  *+modify_fname*	|filename-modifiers|
-N  *+mouse*		Mouse handling |mouse-using|
+T  *+mouse*		Mouse handling |mouse-using|
 N  *+mouseshape*	|'mouseshape'|
 B  *+mouse_dec*		Unix only: Dec terminal mouse handling |dec-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_gpm*		Unix only: Linux console mouse handling |gpm-mouse|
@@ -413,6 +414,7 @@ N  *+path_extra*	Up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
 m  *+perl*		Perl interface |perl|
 m  *+perl/dyn*		Perl interface |perl-dynamic| |/dyn|
 N  *+persistent_undo*	Persistent undo |undo-persistence|
+N  *+popupwin*		Popup windows |popup-window|
    *+postscript*	|:hardcopy| writes a PostScript file
 N  *+printer*		|:hardcopy| command
 H  *+profile*		|:profile| command
@@ -434,12 +436,12 @@ N  *+spell*		spell checking support, see |spell|
 N  *+startuptime*	|--startuptime| argument
 N  *+statusline*	Options 'statusline', 'rulerformat' and special
 			formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring'
-m  *+sun_workshop*	|workshop|; no longer supported
+-  *+sun_workshop*	Removed: |workshop|
 N  *+syntax*		Syntax highlighting |syntax|
    *+system()*		Unix only: opposite of |+fork|
 T  *+tag_binary*	binary searching in tags file |tag-binary-search|
-N  *+tag_old_static*	old method for static tags |tag-old-static|
-m  *+tag_any_white*	Removed; was to allow any white space in tags files
+-  *+tag_old_static*	Removed; method for static tags |tag-old-static|
+-  *+tag_any_white*	Removed; was to allow any white space in tags files
 m  *+tcl*		Tcl interface |tcl|
 m  *+tcl/dyn*		Tcl interface |tcl-dynamic| |/dyn|
 m  *+terminal*		Support for terminal window |terminal|
@@ -516,11 +518,11 @@ N  *+X11*		Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
 			optional.
 :redi[r] @{a-z}>>	Append messages to register {a-z}.
 
-:redi[r] @*>		
+:redi[r] @*>
 :redi[r] @+>		Redirect messages to the selection or clipboard. For
 			backward compatibility, the ">" after the register
 			name can be omitted. See |quotestar| and |quoteplus|.
-:redi[r] @*>>		
+:redi[r] @*>>
 :redi[r] @+>>		Append messages to the selection or clipboard.
 
 :redi[r] @">		Redirect messages to the unnamed register. For
@@ -575,6 +577,8 @@ N  *+X11*		Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
 			   |:marks|      - filter by text in the current file,
 					   or file name for other files
 			   |:oldfiles|   - filter by file name
+			   |:registers|  - filter by register contents
+					   (does not work multi-line)
 			   |:set|        - filter by variable name
 
 			Only normal messages are filtered, error messages are
@@ -711,7 +715,7 @@ K			Run a program to lookup the keyword under the
 			after the X server restarts, e.g. when running Vim for
 			long time inside screen/tmux and connecting from
 			different machines.
-			[display] should be in the format of the $DISPLAY 
+			[display] should be in the format of the $DISPLAY
 			environment variable (e.g. "localhost:10.0")
 			If [display] is	omitted, then it reinitializes the
 			connection to the X11 server using the same value as
@@ -719,7 +723,7 @@ K			Run a program to lookup the keyword under the
 			If the value was never specified, then it uses the
 			value of $DISPLAY environment variable as it was when
 			Vim was started.
-			{only available when compiled with the |+clipboard| 
+			{only available when compiled with the |+clipboard|
 			feature}
 
 							*g_CTRL-A*

runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 13
+*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -64,6 +64,9 @@ w300			number	(default 23)		*'w300'*
 w1200			number	(default 23)		*'w1200'*
 w9600			number	(default 23)		*'w9600'*
 
+Vi did not allow for changing the termcap entries, you would have to exit Vi,
+edit the termcap entry and try again.  Vim has the |terminal-options|.
+
 ==============================================================================
 3. Limits						*limits*
 
@@ -703,7 +706,7 @@ first character).
 
 CTRL-A works like CTRL-@ but does not leave insert mode.
 
-CTRL-R {0-9a-z..} can be used to insert the contents of a register.
+CTRL-R {register} can be used to insert the contents of a register.
 
 When the 'smartindent' option is set, C programs will be better auto-indented.
 With 'cindent' even more.
@@ -1320,6 +1323,11 @@ Set the $VIM_POSIX environment variable to have 'cpoptions' include the POSIX
 flags when Vim starts up.  This makes Vim run as POSIX as it can.  That's
 a bit different from being Vi compatible.
 
+You can find the Posix specification for Vi here:
+https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/utilities/vi.html
+And the related Ex specification:
+https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/utilities/ex.html
+
 This is where Vim does not behave as POSIX specifies and why:
 
 							*posix-screen-size*

runtime/doc/visual.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*visual.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*visual.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -116,6 +116,7 @@ gn			Search forward for the last used search pattern, like
 			E.g., "dgn" deletes the text of the next match.
 			If Visual mode is active, extends the selection
 			until the end of the next match.
+			'wrapscan' applies
 			Note: Unlike `n` the search direction does not depend
 			on the previous search command.
 

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 18
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ CTRL-W CTRL-S						*CTRL-W_CTRL-S*
 :[N]sp[lit] [++opt] [+cmd] [file]			*:sp* *:split*
 		Split current window in two.  The result is two viewports on
 		the same file.
-		
+
 		Make the new window N high (default is to use half the height
 		of the current window).  Reduces the current window height to
 		create room (and others, if the 'equalalways' option is set,
@@ -294,14 +294,14 @@ CTRL-W CTRL-Q						*CTRL-W_CTRL-Q*
 
 		When quitting the last window (not counting a help window),
 		exit Vim.
-		
+
 		When 'hidden' is set, and there is only one window for the
 		current buffer, it becomes hidden.  When 'hidden' is not set,
 		and there is only one window for the current buffer, and the
 		buffer was changed, the command fails.
-		
+
 		(Note: CTRL-Q does not work on all terminals).
-		
+
 		If [count] is greater than the last window number the last
 		window will be closed: >
 		    :1quit  " quit the first window
@@ -312,6 +312,9 @@ CTRL-W CTRL-Q						*CTRL-W_CTRL-Q*
 		    :+quit  " quit the next window
 		    :+2quit " quit the second next window
 <
+		When closing a help window, Vim will try to restore the
+		previous window layout |:helpclose|.
+
 :q[uit]!
 :{count}q[uit]!
 		Without {count}: Quit the current window.  If {count} is
@@ -331,7 +334,7 @@ CTRL-W c					*CTRL-W_c* *:clo* *:close*
 		When the 'hidden' option is set, or when the buffer was
 		changed and the [!] is used, the buffer becomes hidden (unless
 		there is another window editing it).
-		
+
 		When there is only one window in the current tab page and
 		there is another tab page, this closes the current tab page.
 		|tab-page|.
@@ -354,12 +357,12 @@ CTRL-W CTRL-C						*CTRL-W_CTRL-C*
 		Without {count}: Quit the current window, unless it is the
 		last window on the screen.
 		If {count} is given quit the {count} window.
-		
+
 		The buffer becomes hidden (unless there is another window
 		editing it or 'bufhidden' is "unload", "delete" or "wipe").
 		If the window is the last one in the current tab page the tab
-		page is closed.  |tab-page| 
-		
+		page is closed.  |tab-page|
+
 		The value of 'hidden' is irrelevant for this command.  Changes
 		to the buffer are not written and won't get lost, so this is a
 		"safe" command.
@@ -377,10 +380,10 @@ CTRL-W o						*CTRL-W_o* *E445*
 CTRL-W CTRL-O					*CTRL-W_CTRL-O* *:on* *:only*
 		Make the current window the only one on the screen.  All other
 		windows are closed.  For {count} see |:quit| command.
-		
+
 		When the 'hidden' option is set, all buffers in closed windows
 		become hidden.
-		
+
 		When 'hidden' is not set, and the 'autowrite' option is set,
 		modified buffers are written.  Otherwise, windows that have
 		buffers that are modified are not removed, unless the [!] is
@@ -545,6 +548,10 @@ CTRL-W +	Increase current window height by N (default 1).
 CTRL-W CTRL-_					*CTRL-W_CTRL-_* *CTRL-W__*
 CTRL-W _	Set current window height to N (default: highest possible).
 
+:{winnr}res[ize] [+-]N
+		Like `:resize` above, but apply the size to window {winnr}
+		instead of the current window.
+
 z{nr}<CR>	Set current window height to {nr}.
 
 						*CTRL-W_<*
@@ -1087,6 +1094,7 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 		     R	 terminal buffers with a running job
 		     F	 terminal buffers with a finished job
 		     ?   terminal buffers without a job: `:terminal NONE`
+		     t   show time last used and sort buffers
 		Combining flags means they are "and"ed together, e.g.:
 		     h+   hidden buffers which are modified
 		     a+   active buffers which are modified

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2019 Aug 26
+" Last Change:	2019 Nov 26
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -384,8 +384,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead configure.in,configure.ac setf config
 " CUDA  Cumpute Unified Device Architecture
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cu,*.cuh		setf cuda
 
-" Dockerfile
-au BufNewFile,BufRead Dockerfile,*.Dockerfile	setf dockerfile
+" Dockerfilb; Podman uses the same syntax with name Containerfile
+au BufNewFile,BufRead Containerfile,Dockerfile,*.Dockerfile	setf dockerfile
 
 " WildPackets EtherPeek Decoder
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dcd			setf dcd
@@ -425,6 +425,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.csp,*.fdr		setf csp
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pld			setf cupl
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.si			setf cuplsim
 
+" Dart
+au BufRead,BufNewfile *.dart,*.drt		setf dart
+
 " Debian Control
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */debian/control		setf debcontrol
 au BufNewFile,BufRead control
@@ -797,8 +800,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.java,*.jav		setf java
 " JavaCC
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jj,*.jjt		setf javacc
 
-" JavaScript, ECMAScript
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.js,*.javascript,*.es,*.mjs   setf javascript
+" JavaScript, ECMAScript, ES module script, CommonJS script
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.js,*.javascript,*.es,*.mjs,*.cjs   setf javascript
 
 " JavaScript with React
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jsx			setf javascriptreact
@@ -979,6 +982,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead hg-editor-*.txt		setf hgcommit
 " Mercurial config (looks like generic config file)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hgrc,*hgrc		setf cfg
 
+" Meson Build system config
+au BufNewFile,BufRead meson.build,meson_options.txt setf meson
+
 " Messages (logs mostly)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */log/{auth,cron,daemon,debug,kern,lpr,mail,messages,news/news,syslog,user}{,.log,.err,.info,.warn,.crit,.notice}{,.[0-9]*,-[0-9]*} setf messages
 

runtime/ftplugin/bash.vim

@@ -11,21 +11,10 @@ if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
 endif
 
+unlet! b:is_sh
+unlet! b:is_kornshell
 let b:is_bash = 1
-if exists("b:is_sh")
-  unlet b:is_sh
-endif
-if exists("b:is_kornshell")
-  unlet b:is_kornshell
-endif
 
-" Setting 'filetype' here directly won't work, since we are being invoked
-" through an autocommand.  Do it later, on the BufWinEnter event.
-augroup bash_filetype
-  au BufWinEnter * call SetBashFt()
-augroup END
+runtime! ftplugin/sh.vim ftplugin/sh_*.vim ftplugin/sh/*.vim
 
-func SetBashFt()
-  au! bash_filetype
-  set ft=sh
-endfunc
+" vim: ts=8

runtime/ftplugin/git.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	generic git output
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2016 Aug 29
+" Last Change:	2019 Dec 05
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
 if !exists('b:git_dir')
-  if expand('%:p') =~# '[\/]\.git[\/]modules[\/]'
+  if expand('%:p') =~# '[\/]\.git[\/]modules[\/]\|:[\/][\/]\|^\a\a\+:'
     " Stay out of the way
   elseif expand('%:p') =~# '[\/]\.git[\/]worktrees'
     let b:git_dir = matchstr(expand('%:p'),'.*\.git[\/]worktrees[\/][^\/]\+\>')

runtime/ftplugin/gitcommit.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	git commit file
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2016 Aug 29
+" Last Change:	2019 Dec 05
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
@@ -13,8 +13,10 @@ let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
 setlocal comments=:# commentstring=#\ %s
 setlocal nomodeline tabstop=8 formatoptions+=tl textwidth=72
-setlocal formatoptions-=c formatoptions-=r formatoptions-=o formatoptions-=q
-let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setl modeline< tabstop< formatoptions< tw< com< cms<'
+setlocal formatoptions-=c formatoptions-=r formatoptions-=o formatoptions-=q formatoptions+=n
+setlocal formatlistpat+=\\\|^\\s*[-*+]\\s\\+
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setl modeline< tabstop< formatoptions< tw< com< cms< formatlistpat<'
 
 if exists("g:no_gitcommit_commands") || v:version < 700
   finish

runtime/ftplugin/gitrebase.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	git rebase --interactive
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2016 Aug 29
+" Last Change:	2019 Dec 05
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
@@ -18,27 +18,31 @@ if !exists("b:undo_ftplugin")
 endif
 let b:undo_ftplugin = b:undo_ftplugin."|setl com< cms< fo< ml<"
 
-function! s:choose(word)
+function! s:choose(word) abort
   s/^\(\w\+\>\)\=\(\s*\)\ze\x\{4,40\}\>/\=(strlen(submatch(1)) == 1 ? a:word[0] : a:word) . substitute(submatch(2),'^$',' ','')/e
 endfunction
 
-function! s:cycle()
-  call s:choose(get({'s':'edit','p':'squash','e':'reword','r':'fixup'},getline('.')[0],'pick'))
+function! s:cycle(count) abort
+  let words = ['pick', 'edit', 'fixup', 'squash', 'reword', 'drop']
+  let index = index(map(copy(words), 'v:val[0]'), getline('.')[0])
+  let index = ((index < 0 ? 0 : index) + 10000 * len(words) + a:count) % len(words)
+  call s:choose(words[index])
 endfunction
 
-command! -buffer -bar Pick   :call s:choose('pick')
-command! -buffer -bar Squash :call s:choose('squash')
-command! -buffer -bar Edit   :call s:choose('edit')
-command! -buffer -bar Reword :call s:choose('reword')
-command! -buffer -bar Fixup  :call s:choose('fixup')
-command! -buffer -bar Cycle  :call s:cycle()
-" The above are more useful when they are mapped; for example:
-"nnoremap <buffer> <silent> S :Cycle<CR>
+command! -buffer -bar -range Pick   :<line1>,<line2>call s:choose('pick')
+command! -buffer -bar -range Squash :<line1>,<line2>call s:choose('squash')
+command! -buffer -bar -range Edit   :<line1>,<line2>call s:choose('edit')
+command! -buffer -bar -range Reword :<line1>,<line2>call s:choose('reword')
+command! -buffer -bar -range Fixup  :<line1>,<line2>call s:choose('fixup')
+command! -buffer -bar -range Drop   :<line1>,<line2>call s:choose('drop')
+command! -buffer -count=1 -bar -bang Cycle call s:cycle(<bang>0 ? -<count> : <count>)
 
 if exists("g:no_plugin_maps") || exists("g:no_gitrebase_maps")
   finish
 endif
 
 nnoremap <buffer> <expr> K col('.') < 7 && expand('<Lt>cword>') =~ '\X' && getline('.') =~ '^\w\+\s\+\x\+\>' ? 'wK' : 'K'
+nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <C-A> :<C-U><C-R>=v:count1<CR>Cycle<CR>
+nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <C-X> :<C-U><C-R>=v:count1<CR>Cycle!<CR>
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = b:undo_ftplugin . "|nunmap <buffer> K"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = b:undo_ftplugin . "|exe 'nunmap <buffer> K'|exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-A>'|exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-X>'"

runtime/ftplugin/haml.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	Haml
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2016 Aug 29
+" Last Change:	2019 Dec 05
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -37,6 +37,8 @@ endif
 runtime! ftplugin/ruby.vim ftplugin/ruby_*.vim ftplugin/ruby/*.vim
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
+let &l:define .= empty(&l:define ? '' : '\|') . '^\s*\%(%\w*\)\=\%(\.[[:alnum:]_-]\+\)*#'
+
 " Combine the new set of values with those previously included.
 if exists("b:undo_ftplugin")
   let s:undo_ftplugin = b:undo_ftplugin . " | " . s:undo_ftplugin
@@ -60,7 +62,7 @@ endif
 
 setlocal comments= commentstring=-#\ %s
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl cms< com< "
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl def< cms< com< "
       \ " | unlet! b:browsefilter b:match_words | " . s:undo_ftplugin
 
 let &cpo = s:save_cpo

runtime/ftplugin/j.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	J
-" Maintainer:	David Bürgin <676c7473@gmail.com>
-" URL:		https://github.com/glts/vim-j
-" Last Change:	2015-09-27
+" Maintainer:	David Bürgin <dbuergin@gluet.ch>
+" URL:		https://gitlab.com/glts/vim-j
+" Last Change:	2015-10-27
 
 if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
   finish
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ setlocal include=\\v^\\s*(load\|require)\\s*'\\zs\\f+\\ze'
 setlocal includeexpr=substitute(substitute(tr(v:fname,'\\','/'),'\\v^[^~][^/.]*(/[^/.]+)$','&\\1',''),'\\v^\\~[^/]+/','','')
 setlocal suffixesadd=.ijs
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal matchpairs< formatoptions< commentstring< comments< iskeyword< path< include< includeexpr< suffixesadd<'
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal suffixesadd< includeexpr< include< path< matchpairs< formatoptions< commentstring< comments< iskeyword<'
 
 " Section movement with ]] ][ [[ []. The start/end patterns below are amended
 " inside the function in order to avoid matching on the current cursor line.

runtime/ftplugin/jproperties.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	Java properties file
-" Maintainer:	David Bürgin <676c7473@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2013-11-19
+" Maintainer:	None
+" Last Change:	2019 Dec 01
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish

runtime/ftplugin/man.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	man
 " Maintainer:	SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 	2019 Jul 22
+" Last Change: 	2019 Sep 26
 "		(fix by Jason Franklin)
 
 " To make the ":Man" command available before editing a manual page, source
@@ -132,11 +132,17 @@ func <SID>GetPage(cmdmods, ...)
     let page = expand('<cword>')
   endif
 
-  if sect != "" && s:FindPage(sect, page) == 0
-    let sect = ""
+  if !exists('g:ft_man_no_sect_fallback') || (g:ft_man_no_sect_fallback == 0)
+    if sect != "" && s:FindPage(sect, page) == 0
+      let sect = ""
+    endif
   endif
   if s:FindPage(sect, page) == 0
-    echo "\nCannot find a '".page."'."
+    let msg = "\nNo manual entry for ".page
+    if sect != ""
+      let msg .= " in section ".sect
+    endif
+    echo msg
     return
   endif
   exec "let s:man_tag_buf_".s:man_tag_depth." = ".bufnr("%")

runtime/ftplugin/markdown.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:		Markdown
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:		2016 Aug 29
+" Last Change:		2019 Dec 05
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ endif
 
 runtime! ftplugin/html.vim ftplugin/html_*.vim ftplugin/html/*.vim
 
-setlocal comments=fb:*,fb:-,fb:+,n:> commentstring=>\ %s
+setlocal comments=fb:*,fb:-,fb:+,n:> commentstring=<!--%s-->
 setlocal formatoptions+=tcqln formatoptions-=r formatoptions-=o
 setlocal formatlistpat=^\\s*\\d\\+\\.\\s\\+\\\|^[-*+]\\s\\+\\\|^\\[^\\ze[^\\]]\\+\\]:
 
@@ -19,32 +19,56 @@ else
   let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl cms< com< fo< flp<"
 endif
 
-function! MarkdownFold()
+function! s:NotCodeBlock(lnum) abort
+  return synIDattr(synID(v:lnum, 1, 1), 'name') !=# 'markdownCode'
+endfunction
+
+function! MarkdownFold() abort
   let line = getline(v:lnum)
 
-  " Regular headers
-  let depth = match(line, '\(^#\+\)\@<=\( .*$\)\@=')
-  if depth > 0
-    return ">" . depth
+  if line =~# '^#\+ ' && s:NotCodeBlock(v:lnum)
+    return ">" . match(line, ' ')
   endif
 
-  " Setext style headings
   let nextline = getline(v:lnum + 1)
-  if (line =~ '^.\+$') && (nextline =~ '^=\+$')
+  if (line =~ '^.\+$') && (nextline =~ '^=\+$') && s:NotCodeBlock(v:lnum + 1)
     return ">1"
   endif
 
-  if (line =~ '^.\+$') && (nextline =~ '^-\+$')
+  if (line =~ '^.\+$') && (nextline =~ '^-\+$') && s:NotCodeBlock(v:lnum + 1)
     return ">2"
   endif
 
   return "="
 endfunction
 
+function! s:HashIndent(lnum) abort
+  let hash_header = matchstr(getline(a:lnum), '^#\{1,6}')
+  if len(hash_header)
+    return hash_header
+  else
+    let nextline = getline(a:lnum + 1)
+    if nextline =~# '^=\+\s*$'
+      return '#'
+    elseif nextline =~# '^-\+\s*$'
+      return '##'
+    endif
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+function! MarkdownFoldText() abort
+  let hash_indent = s:HashIndent(v:foldstart)
+  let title = substitute(getline(v:foldstart), '^#\+\s*', '', '')
+  let foldsize = (v:foldend - v:foldstart + 1)
+  let linecount = '['.foldsize.' lines]'
+  return hash_indent.' '.title.' '.linecount
+endfunction
+
 if has("folding") && exists("g:markdown_folding")
   setlocal foldexpr=MarkdownFold()
   setlocal foldmethod=expr
-  let b:undo_ftplugin .= " foldexpr< foldmethod<"
+  setlocal foldtext=MarkdownFoldText()
+  let b:undo_ftplugin .= " foldexpr< foldmethod< foldtext<"
 endif
 
 " vim:set sw=2:

runtime/ftplugin/matlab.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	matlab
 " Maintainer:	Jake Wasserman <jwasserman at gmail dot com>
-" Last Changed: 2014 Dec 30
+" Last Change: 	2019 Sep 27
 
 " Contributors:
 " Charles Campbell
@@ -24,8 +24,9 @@ endif
 
 setlocal suffixesadd=.m
 setlocal suffixes+=.asv
+setlocal commentstring=%\ %s
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal suffixesadd< suffixes< "
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal suffixesadd< suffixes< commentstring< "
 	\ . "| unlet! b:match_words"
 
 let &cpo = s:save_cpo

runtime/ftplugin/meson.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	meson
+" License:	VIM License
+" Original Author:	Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+" Last Change:		2018 Nov 27
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
+setlocal comments=:#
+
+setlocal shiftwidth=2
+setlocal softtabstop=2
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/ftplugin/ruby.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
 " URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		2019 Jan 06
+" Last Change:		2019 Nov 06
 
 if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
   finish
@@ -24,20 +24,20 @@ if exists("loaded_matchit") && !exists("b:match_words")
   let b:match_ignorecase = 0
 
   let b:match_words =
-	\ '\<\%(if\|unless\|case\|while\|until\|for\|do\|class\|module\|def\|begin\)\>=\@!' .
+	\ '{\|\<\%(if\|unless\|case\|while\|until\|for\|do\|class\|module\|def\|=\@<!begin\)\>=\@!' .
 	\ ':' .
 	\ '\<\%(else\|elsif\|ensure\|when\|rescue\|break\|redo\|next\|retry\)\>' .
 	\ ':' .
-        \ '\%(^\|[^.\:@$]\)\@<=\<end\:\@!\>' .
-	\ ',{:},\[:\],(:)'
+        \ '}\|\%(^\|[^.\:@$=]\)\@<=\<end\:\@!\>' .
+        \ ',^=begin\>:^=end\>,' .
+	\ ',\[:\],(:)'
 
   let b:match_skip =
 	\ "synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),0),'name') =~ '" .
-	\ "\\<ruby\\%(String\\|StringDelimiter\\|ASCIICode\\|Escape\\|" .
-        \ "Regexp\\|RegexpDelimiter\\|" .
-	\ "Interpolation\\|NoInterpolation\\|Comment\\|Documentation\\|" .
-	\ "ConditionalModifier\\|RepeatModifier\\|OptionalDo\\|" .
-	\ "Function\\|BlockArgument\\|KeywordAsMethod\\|ClassVariable\\|" .
+	\ "\\<ruby\\%(String\\|.\+Delimiter\\|Character\\|.\+Escape\\|" .
+        \ "Regexp\\|Interpolation\\|Comment\\|Documentation\\|" .
+	\ "ConditionalModifier\\|RepeatModifier\\|RescueModifier\\|OptionalDo\\|" .
+	\ "MethodName\\|BlockArgument\\|KeywordAsMethod\\|ClassVariable\\|" .
 	\ "InstanceVariable\\|GlobalVariable\\|Symbol\\)\\>'"
 endif
 
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ endfunction
 
 function! s:build_path(path) abort
   let path = join(map(copy(a:path), 'v:val ==# "." ? "" : v:val'), ',')
-  if &g:path !~# '\v^\.%(,/%(usr|emx)/include)=,,$'
+  if &g:path !~# '\v^%(\.,)=%(/%(usr|emx)/include,)=,$'
     let path = substitute(&g:path,',,$',',','') . ',' . path
   endif
   return path
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ endif
 function! s:map(mode, flags, map) abort
   let from = matchstr(a:map, '\S\+')
   if empty(mapcheck(from, a:mode))
-    exe a:mode.'map' '<buffer>' a:map
+    exe a:mode.'map' '<buffer>' a:flags a:map
     let b:undo_ftplugin .= '|sil! '.a:mode.'unmap <buffer> '.from
   endif
 endfunction
@@ -311,13 +311,16 @@ function! s:synid() abort
 endfunction
 
 function! s:wrap_i(back,forward) abort
-  execute 'norm k'.a:forward
+  execute 'norm! k'
+  execute 'norm '.a:forward
   let line = line('.')
   execute 'norm '.a:back
   if line('.') == line - 1
     return s:wrap_a(a:back,a:forward)
   endif
-  execute 'norm jV'.a:forward.'k'
+  execute 'norm! jV'
+  execute 'norm '.a:forward
+  execute 'norm! k'
 endfunction
 
 function! s:wrap_a(back,forward) abort
@@ -330,11 +333,15 @@ function! s:wrap_a(back,forward) abort
     -
   endwhile
   if exists('after')
-    execute 'norm V'.a:forward.'j'
+    execute 'norm! V'
+    execute 'norm '.a:forward
+    execute 'norm! j'
   elseif line('.') > 1 && getline(line('.')-1) =~# '^\s*$'
-    execute 'norm kV'.a:forward
+    execute 'norm! kV'
+    execute 'norm '.a:forward
   else
-    execute 'norm V'.a:forward
+    execute 'norm! V'
+    execute 'norm '.a:forward
   endif
 endfunction
 
@@ -366,7 +373,6 @@ function! RubyCursorFile() abort
   endtry
   let pre = matchstr(strpart(getline('.'), 0, col('.')-1), '.*\f\@<!')
   let post = matchstr(strpart(getline('.'), col('.')), '\f\@!.*')
-  let ext = getline('.') =~# '^\s*\%(require\%(_relative\)\=\|autoload\)\>' && cfile !~# '\.rb$' ? '.rb' : ''
   if s:synid() ==# hlID('rubyConstant')
     let cfile = substitute(cfile,'\.\w\+[?!=]\=$','','')
     let cfile = substitute(cfile,'^::','','')
@@ -375,12 +381,15 @@ function! RubyCursorFile() abort
     let cfile = substitute(cfile,'\(\l\|\d\)\(\u\)','\1_\2', 'g')
     return tolower(cfile) . '.rb'
   elseif getline('.') =~# '^\s*require_relative\s*\(["'']\).*\1\s*$'
-    let cfile = expand('%:p:h') . '/' . matchstr(getline('.'),'\(["'']\)\zs.\{-\}\ze\1') . ext
+    let cfile = expand('%:p:h') . '/' . matchstr(getline('.'),'\(["'']\)\zs.\{-\}\ze\1')
+    let cfile .= cfile !~# '\.rb$' ? '.rb' : ''
   elseif getline('.') =~# '^\s*\%(require[( ]\|load[( ]\|autoload[( ]:\w\+,\)\s*\%(::\)\=File\.expand_path(\(["'']\)\.\./.*\1,\s*__FILE__)\s*$'
     let target = matchstr(getline('.'),'\(["'']\)\.\.\zs/.\{-\}\ze\1')
-    let cfile = expand('%:p:h') . target . ext
+    let cfile = expand('%:p:h') . target
+    let cfile .= cfile !~# '\.rb$' ? '.rb' : ''
   elseif getline('.') =~# '^\s*\%(require \|load \|autoload :\w\+,\)\s*\(["'']\).*\1\s*$'
-    let cfile = matchstr(getline('.'),'\(["'']\)\zs.\{-\}\ze\1') . ext
+    let cfile = matchstr(getline('.'),'\(["'']\)\zs.\{-\}\ze\1')
+    let cfile .= cfile !~# '\.rb$' ? '.rb' : ''
   elseif pre.post =~# '\<File.expand_path[( ].*[''"]\{2\}, *__FILE__\>' && cfile =~# '^\.\.'
     let cfile = expand('%:p:h') . strpart(cfile, 2)
   else

runtime/ftplugin/sass.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	Sass
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2016 Aug 29
+" Last Change:	2019 Dec 05
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -13,11 +13,25 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl com< cms< def< inc< inex< ofu< sua<"
 
 setlocal comments=://
 setlocal commentstring=//\ %s
-setlocal define=^\\s*\\%(@mixin\\\|=\\)
-setlocal includeexpr=substitute(v:fname,'\\%(.*/\\\|^\\)\\zs','_','')
+setlocal includeexpr=SassIncludeExpr(v:fname)
 setlocal omnifunc=csscomplete#CompleteCSS
 setlocal suffixesadd=.sass,.scss,.css
+if &filetype =~# '\<s[ac]ss]\>'
+  setlocal iskeyword+=-
+  setlocal iskeyword+=$
+  setlocal iskeyword+=%
+  let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' isk<'
+endif
 
+let &l:define = '^\C\v\s*%(\@function|\@mixin|\=)|^\s*%(\$[[:alnum:]-]+:|[%.][:alnum:]-]+\s*%(\{|$))@='
 let &l:include = '^\s*@import\s\+\%(url(\)\=["'']\='
 
+function! SassIncludeExpr(file) abort
+  let partial = substitute(a:file, '\%(.*/\|^\)\zs', '_', '')
+  if !empty(findfile(partial))
+    return partial
+  endif
+  return a:file
+endfunction
+
 " vim:set sw=2:

runtime/ftplugin/scheme.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language: Scheme (R7RS)
-" Last Change: 2018-03-05
+" Last Change: 2019 Nov 18
 " Author: Evan Hanson <evhan@foldling.org>
 " Maintainer: Evan Hanson <evhan@foldling.org>
 " Previous Maintainer: Sergey Khorev <sergey.khorev@gmail.com>
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ setl iskeyword=33,35-39,42-43,45-58,60-90,94,95,97-122,126
 
 let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setl lisp< comments< commentstring< define< iskeyword<'
 
-setl lispwords=case
+setl lispwords+=case
 setl lispwords+=define
 setl lispwords+=define-record-type
 setl lispwords+=define-syntax

runtime/gvim.desktop

@@ -4,23 +4,33 @@
 # Translators: This is the Application Name used in the GVim desktop file
 Name[de]=GVim
 Name[eo]=GVim
+Name[fr]=GVim
+Name[ru]=GVim
+Name[sr]=GVim
+Name[tr]=GVim
 Name=GVim
 # Translators: This is the Generic Application Name used in the Vim desktop file
 GenericName[de]=Texteditor
 GenericName[eo]=Tekstoredaktilo
+GenericName[fr]=Éditeur de texte
 GenericName[ja]=テキストエディタ
+GenericName[ru]=Текстовый редактор
+GenericName[sr]=Текст Едитор
+GenericName[tr]=Metin Düzenleyici
 GenericName=Text Editor
 # Translators: This is the comment used in the Vim desktop file
 Comment[de]=Textdateien bearbeiten
 Comment[eo]=Redakti tekstajn dosierojn
+Comment[fr]=Éditer des fichiers texte
 Comment[ja]=テキストファイルを編集します
+Comment[ru]=Редактирование текстовых файлов
+Comment[sr]=Уређивање текст фајлова
+Comment[tr]=Metin dosyaları düzenleyin
 Comment=Edit text files
 # The translations should come from the po file. Leave them here for now, they will
 # be overwritten by the po file when generating the desktop.file!
 GenericName[da]=Teksteditor
-GenericName[fr]=Éditeur de texte
 GenericName[pl]=Edytor tekstu
-GenericName[sr]=Едитор текста
 GenericName[is]=Ritvinnsluforrit
 Comment[af]=Redigeer tekslêers
 Comment[am]=የጽሑፍ ፋይሎች ያስተካክሉ
@@ -42,7 +52,6 @@ Comment[et]=Redigeeri tekstifaile
 Comment[eu]=Editatu testu-fitxategiak
 Comment[fa]=ویرایش پرونده‌های متنی
 Comment[fi]=Muokkaa tekstitiedostoja
-Comment[fr]=Éditer des fichiers textes
 Comment[ga]=Eagar comhad Téacs
 Comment[gu]=લખાણ ફાઇલોમાં ફેરફાર કરો
 Comment[he]=ערוך קבצי טקסט
@@ -72,17 +81,14 @@ Comment[pl]=Edytuj pliki tekstowe
 Comment[pt]=Editar ficheiros de texto
 Comment[pt_BR]=Edite arquivos de texto
 Comment[ro]=Editare fişiere text
-Comment[ru]=Редактор текстовых файлов
 Comment[sk]=Úprava textových súborov
 Comment[sl]=Urejanje datotek z besedili
 Comment[sq]=Përpuno files teksti
-Comment[sr]=Измени текстуалне датотеке
 Comment[sr@Latn]=Izmeni tekstualne datoteke
 Comment[sv]=Redigera textfiler
 Comment[ta]=உரை கோப்புகளை தொகுக்கவும்
 Comment[th]=แก้ไขแฟ้มข้อความ
 Comment[tk]=Metin faýllary editle
-Comment[tr]=Metin dosyalarını düzenle
 Comment[uk]=Редактор текстових файлів
 Comment[vi]=Soạn thảo tập tin văn bản
 Comment[wa]=Asspougnî des fitchîs tecses
@@ -95,11 +101,18 @@ Type=Application
 # Translators: Search terms to find this application. Do NOT change the semicolons! The list MUST also end with a semicolon!
 Keywords[de]=Text;Editor;
 Keywords[eo]=Teksto;redaktilo;
+Keywords[fr]=Texte;éditeur;
 Keywords[ja]=テキスト;エディタ;
+Keywords[ru]=текст;текстовый редактор;
+Keywords[sr]=Текст;едитор;
+Keywords[tr]=Metin;düzenleyici;
 Keywords=Text;editor;
 # Translators: This is the Icon file name. Do NOT translate
 Icon[de]=gvim
 Icon[eo]=gvim
+Icon[fr]=gvim
+Icon[ru]=gvim
+Icon[sr]=gvim
 Icon=gvim
 Categories=Utility;TextEditor;
 StartupNotify=true

runtime/indent/bash.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:	bash
+" Maintainer:	Bram
+" Last Change:	2019 Sep 27
+
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+   finish
+endif
+
+" The actual indenting is in sh.vim and controlled by buffer-local variables.
+unlet! b:is_sh
+unlet! b:is_kornshell
+let b:is_bash = 1
+
+runtime! indent/sh.vim
+
+" vim: ts=8

runtime/indent/haml.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Haml
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
+" Last Change:	2019 Dec 05
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ runtime! indent/ruby.vim
 unlet! b:did_indent
 let b:did_indent = 1
 
-setlocal autoindent sw=2 et
+setlocal autoindent
 setlocal indentexpr=GetHamlIndent()
 setlocal indentkeys=o,O,*<Return>,},],0),!^F,=end,=else,=elsif,=rescue,=ensure,=when